1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 290 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 291 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 384 385 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 386 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 387 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 388 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 389 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 390 // Construct a type with type-source information. 391 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 392 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 393 394 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 395 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 396 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 397 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 398 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 399 } else { 400 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 401 } 402 } 403 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 404 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 405 if (!HasTrailingDot) 406 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 407 } 408 409 if (T.isNull()) { 410 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return ParsedType(); 413 } 414 return ParsedType::make(T); 415 } 416 417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 418 static NestedNameSpecifier * 419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 420 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 421 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 422 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 423 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 425 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 427 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 429 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 430 } 431 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 432 } 433 434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 436 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 437 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 438 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 439 440 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 441 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 442 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 444 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 445 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 446 447 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 448 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 449 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 450 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 451 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 452 453 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 454 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 455 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 456 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 457 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 458 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 459 } 460 461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 467 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 468 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 469 LookupName(R, S, false); 470 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 471 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 472 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 473 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 474 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 475 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 476 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 477 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 478 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 479 } 480 } 481 482 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 483 } 484 485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 489 /// @code 490 /// template<class T> class A { 491 /// public: 492 /// typedef int TYPE; 493 /// }; 494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 495 /// public: 496 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 497 /// }; 498 /// @endcode 499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 500 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 501 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 502 return true; 503 504 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 505 506 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 507 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 508 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 509 return true; 510 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 511 } 512 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 513 } 514 515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 516 SourceLocation IILoc, 517 Scope *S, 518 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 519 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 520 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 521 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 522 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 523 524 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 525 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 526 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 527 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 528 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 529 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 530 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 531 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 532 // We corrected to a keyword. 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 534 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 535 } else { 536 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 537 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 538 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 539 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 540 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 541 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 542 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 543 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 544 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 545 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 546 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 547 } else { 548 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 549 } 550 551 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 552 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 553 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 554 SourceRange(IILoc)); 555 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 556 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 557 false, ParsedType(), 558 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 559 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 560 } 561 return; 562 } 563 564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 565 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 566 UnqualifiedId Name; 567 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 568 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 569 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 570 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 571 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 572 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 573 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 574 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 575 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 576 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 577 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 578 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 579 } 580 return; 581 } 582 } 583 584 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 585 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 586 587 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 588 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 589 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 590 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 591 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 592 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 593 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 594 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 595 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 596 597 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 598 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 599 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 600 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 601 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 602 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 603 } else { 604 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 605 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 606 } 607 } 608 609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 610 /// or 611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 612 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 613 NextToken.is(tok::less); 614 615 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 616 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 617 return true; 618 619 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 620 return true; 621 } 622 623 return false; 624 } 625 626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 627 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 628 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 629 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 630 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 631 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 632 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 633 StringRef FixItTagName; 634 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 635 case TTK_Class: 636 FixItTagName = "class "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Enum: 640 FixItTagName = "enum "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Struct: 644 FixItTagName = "struct "; 645 break; 646 647 case TTK_Interface: 648 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 649 break; 650 651 case TTK_Union: 652 FixItTagName = "union "; 653 break; 654 } 655 656 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 657 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 658 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 659 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 660 661 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 662 I != IEnd; ++I) 663 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 664 << Name << TagName; 665 666 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 667 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 668 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 669 return true; 670 } 671 672 return false; 673 } 674 675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 677 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 678 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 679 680 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 681 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 682 683 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 684 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 685 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 686 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 687 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 688 } 689 690 Sema::NameClassification 691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 692 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 693 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 694 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 695 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 696 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 697 698 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 699 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 700 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 701 } 702 703 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 704 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 705 706 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 707 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 708 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 709 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 710 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 711 return TypeInBase; 712 } 713 714 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 715 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 716 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 717 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 718 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 719 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 720 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 721 return E; 722 } 723 724 bool SecondTry = false; 725 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 726 727 Corrected: 728 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 729 case LookupResult::NotFound: 730 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 731 // call. 732 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 733 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 734 // FIXME: Reference? 735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 736 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 737 738 // C90 6.3.2.2: 739 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 740 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 741 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 742 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 743 // the function call, the declaration 744 // 745 // extern int identifier (); 746 // 747 // appeared. 748 // 749 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 750 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 751 Result.addDecl(D); 752 Result.resolveKind(); 753 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 754 } 755 } 756 757 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 758 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 759 // "struct", or "union". 760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 761 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 762 break; 763 } 764 765 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 766 // close to this name. 767 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 768 SecondTry = true; 769 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 770 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 771 &SS, std::move(CCC), 772 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 773 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 774 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 775 776 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 777 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 778 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 783 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 784 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 785 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 786 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 787 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 788 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 789 } 790 791 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 792 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 793 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 794 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 795 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 796 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 797 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 798 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 799 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 800 } 801 802 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 803 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 804 805 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 806 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 807 return Name; 808 809 // Also update the LookupResult... 810 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 811 Result.clear(); 812 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 813 if (FirstDecl) 814 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 815 816 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 817 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 818 // reference the ivar. 819 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 820 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 821 Result.clear(); 822 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 823 return E; 824 } 825 826 goto Corrected; 827 } 828 } 829 830 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 831 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 832 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 833 834 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 835 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 836 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 837 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 838 839 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 840 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 841 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 842 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 843 // qualified by the keyword typename. 844 // 845 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 846 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 847 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 848 // keyword here. 849 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 850 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 851 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 852 } 853 854 case LookupResult::Found: 855 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 856 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 857 break; 858 859 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 861 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 862 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 863 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 864 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 865 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 866 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 867 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 868 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 869 // ambiguous. 870 // 871 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 872 // so try again after filtering out template names. 873 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 874 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 875 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 876 break; 877 } 878 } 879 880 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 881 return NameClassification::Error(); 882 } 883 884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 885 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 886 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 887 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 888 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 889 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 890 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 891 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 892 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 893 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 894 895 if (!Result.empty()) { 896 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 897 bool IsVarTemplate; 898 TemplateName Template; 899 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 900 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 901 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 902 Result.end()); 903 } else { 904 TemplateDecl *TD 905 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 906 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 907 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 908 909 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 910 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 911 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 912 TD); 913 else 914 Template = TemplateName(TD); 915 } 916 917 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 918 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 919 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 920 // to based on which function we selected. 921 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 922 923 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 924 } 925 926 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 927 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 928 } 929 } 930 931 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 932 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 933 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 934 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 935 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 936 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 937 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 938 return ParsedType::make(T); 939 } 940 941 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 942 if (!Class) { 943 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 944 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 945 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 946 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 947 } 948 949 if (Class) { 950 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 951 952 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 953 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 954 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 955 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 956 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 957 } 958 959 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 960 return ParsedType::make(T); 961 } 962 963 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 964 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 965 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 966 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 967 968 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 969 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 970 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 971 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 972 (NextIsOp && 973 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 974 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 975 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 976 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 977 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 978 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 979 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 980 return ParsedType::make(T); 981 } 982 983 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 984 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 985 nullptr); 986 987 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 988 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 989 } 990 991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 992 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 995 996 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 997 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 998 // the context we'll need to return to. 999 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1000 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1001 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1002 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1003 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1004 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1005 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1006 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1007 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1008 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1009 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1010 1011 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1012 // lexical context. 1013 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1014 return DC; 1015 1016 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1017 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1018 // class is the context we need to return to. 1019 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1020 DC = RD; 1021 1022 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1023 // declared in. 1024 return DC; 1025 } 1026 1027 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1031 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1032 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1033 CurContext = DC; 1034 S->setEntity(DC); 1035 } 1036 1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1038 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1039 1040 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1041 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1042 } 1043 1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1046 /// 1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1049 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1050 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1051 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1052 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1053 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1054 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1055 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1056 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1057 // namespace. 1058 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1059 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1060 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1061 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1062 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1063 1064 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1065 1066 #ifndef NDEBUG 1067 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1068 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1069 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1070 #endif 1071 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1077 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1078 1079 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1080 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1081 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1082 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1083 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1084 1085 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1086 // disappear. 1087 } 1088 1089 1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1091 // We assume that the caller has already called 1092 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1093 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1094 if (!FD) 1095 return; 1096 1097 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1098 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1099 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1100 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1101 CurContext = FD; 1102 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1103 1104 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1105 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1106 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1107 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1108 S->AddDecl(Param); 1109 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1110 } 1111 } 1112 } 1113 1114 1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1116 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1117 // rather than the top-level class. 1118 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1119 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1120 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1121 } 1122 1123 1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1126 /// 1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1132 /// attribute. 1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1134 ASTContext &Context) { 1135 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1136 return true; 1137 1138 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1139 return true; 1140 1141 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1142 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1147 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1148 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1149 // scope. 1150 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1151 S = S->getParent(); 1152 1153 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1154 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1155 // into any context. 1156 if (AddToContext) 1157 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1158 1159 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1160 // are function-local declarations. 1161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1162 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1163 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1164 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1165 return; 1166 1167 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1168 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1169 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1170 return; 1171 1172 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1173 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1174 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1175 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1176 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1177 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1178 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1179 1180 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1181 break; 1182 } 1183 } 1184 1185 S->AddDecl(D); 1186 1187 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1188 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1189 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1190 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1191 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1192 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1193 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1194 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1195 continue; 1196 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1197 break; 1198 } 1199 1200 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1201 } else { 1202 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1203 } 1204 } 1205 1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1207 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1208 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1209 } 1210 1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1212 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1213 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1214 } 1215 1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1217 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1218 do { 1219 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1220 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1221 return S; 1222 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1223 1224 return nullptr; 1225 } 1226 1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1228 DeclContext*, 1229 ASTContext&); 1230 1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1234 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1235 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1236 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1237 while (F.hasNext()) { 1238 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1239 1240 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1241 continue; 1242 1243 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1244 continue; 1245 1246 F.erase(); 1247 } 1248 1249 F.done(); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1253 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1254 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1255 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1256 } 1257 1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1260 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1261 while (F.hasNext()) 1262 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1263 F.erase(); 1264 1265 F.done(); 1266 } 1267 1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1269 /// @code 1270 /// class S { 1271 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1272 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1273 /// }; 1274 /// @endcode 1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1276 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1277 // the decl here. 1278 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1282 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1283 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1284 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1285 return false; 1286 } 1287 1288 // We need this to handle 1289 // 1290 // typedef struct { 1291 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1292 // } A; 1293 // 1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1299 // not. 1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1301 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1302 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1303 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1304 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1305 return true; 1306 } 1307 DC = DC->getParent(); 1308 } 1309 1310 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1311 } 1312 1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1314 // these semantics. 1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1316 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1317 return false; 1318 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1319 } 1320 1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1322 assert(D); 1323 1324 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1325 return false; 1326 1327 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1328 // of members of class templates. 1329 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1330 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1334 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1338 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1339 return false; 1340 } else { 1341 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1342 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1347 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1348 return false; 1349 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1350 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1351 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1352 // like "inline".) 1353 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1354 return false; 1355 1356 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1357 return false; 1358 1359 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1360 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1361 return false; 1362 } else { 1363 return false; 1364 } 1365 1366 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1367 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1368 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1369 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1370 } 1371 1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1373 if (!D) 1374 return; 1375 1376 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1377 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1378 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1379 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1380 } 1381 1382 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1383 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1384 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1385 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1386 } 1387 1388 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1389 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1390 } 1391 1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1393 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1397 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1401 return true; 1402 1403 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1404 // functions. 1405 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1406 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1407 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1408 WithinFunction = 1409 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1410 if (!WithinFunction) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1414 return true; 1415 1416 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1417 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1418 return false; 1419 1420 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1421 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1422 1423 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1424 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1425 1426 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1427 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1428 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1429 return false; 1430 } 1431 1432 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1433 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1434 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1438 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1439 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1440 return false; 1441 1442 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1443 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1444 return false; 1445 1446 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1447 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1448 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1449 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1450 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1451 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1452 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1453 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1454 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 1461 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1462 } 1463 1464 return true; 1465 } 1466 1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 FixItHint &Hint) { 1469 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1470 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1471 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1472 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1473 return; 1474 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1475 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1476 } 1477 return; 1478 } 1479 1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1481 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1482 return; 1483 1484 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1485 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1486 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1487 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1488 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1489 } 1490 } 1491 1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1495 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1496 return; 1497 1498 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1499 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1500 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1501 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1502 return; 1503 } 1504 1505 FixItHint Hint; 1506 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1507 1508 unsigned DiagID; 1509 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1510 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1511 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1512 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1513 else 1514 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1515 1516 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1517 } 1518 1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1520 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1521 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1522 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1523 // MS inline assembly label name. 1524 bool Diagnose = false; 1525 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1526 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1527 else 1528 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1529 if (Diagnose) 1530 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1531 } 1532 1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1534 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1535 1536 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1537 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1538 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1541 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1542 1543 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1544 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1545 1546 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1547 1548 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1549 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1550 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1551 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1552 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1553 } 1554 1555 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1556 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1557 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1558 1559 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1560 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1568 /// to the fixed name. 1569 /// 1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1571 /// 1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1573 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1574 /// 1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1576 /// class could not be found. 1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1579 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1580 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1581 // creation from this context. 1582 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1583 1584 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1585 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1586 // find an Objective-C class name. 1587 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1588 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1589 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1590 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1591 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1592 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1593 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1594 } 1595 } 1596 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1597 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1598 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1599 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1600 return Def; 1601 } 1602 1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1607 /// ill-formed in C++: 1608 /// @code 1609 /// struct S6 { 1610 /// enum { BAR } e; 1611 /// }; 1612 /// 1613 /// void test_S6() { 1614 /// struct S6 a; 1615 /// a.e = BAR; 1616 /// } 1617 /// @endcode 1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1625 /// contain non-field names. 1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1627 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1628 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1629 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1630 S = S->getParent(); 1631 return S; 1632 } 1633 1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1639 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1640 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1641 return; 1642 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1643 1644 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1645 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1646 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1647 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1648 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1649 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1650 } 1651 1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1653 switch (Error) { 1654 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1655 return ""; 1656 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1657 return "stdio.h"; 1658 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1659 return "setjmp.h"; 1660 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1661 return "ucontext.h"; 1662 } 1663 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1664 } 1665 1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1667 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1669 /// built-in. 1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1671 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1672 SourceLocation Loc) { 1673 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1674 1675 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1676 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1677 if (Error) { 1678 if (ForRedeclaration) 1679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1680 << getHeaderName(Error) 1681 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1682 return nullptr; 1683 } 1684 1685 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1687 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1688 << R; 1689 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1690 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1691 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1692 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1693 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1694 } 1695 1696 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1698 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1699 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1700 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1701 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1702 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1703 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1704 } 1705 1706 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1707 Parent, 1708 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1709 SC_Extern, 1710 false, 1711 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1712 New->setImplicit(); 1713 1714 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1715 // FunctionDecl. 1716 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1717 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1719 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1720 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1721 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1722 SC_None, nullptr); 1723 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1724 Params.push_back(parm); 1725 } 1726 New->setParams(Params); 1727 } 1728 1729 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1730 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1731 1732 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1733 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1734 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1735 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1736 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1737 CurContext = Parent; 1738 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1739 CurContext = SavedContext; 1740 return New; 1741 } 1742 1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1746 /// entity. 1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1748 NamedDecl *decl, 1749 LookupResult &previous){ 1750 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1751 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1752 return; 1753 1754 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1755 if (previous.empty()) 1756 return; 1757 1758 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1759 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1760 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1761 1762 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1763 if (!old->isHidden()) 1764 continue; 1765 1766 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1767 filter.erase(); 1768 } 1769 1770 filter.done(); 1771 } 1772 1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1774 /// entity if their types are the same. 1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1776 /// isSameEntity. 1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1778 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1779 LookupResult &Previous) { 1780 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1781 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1782 return; 1783 1784 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1785 if (Previous.empty()) 1786 return; 1787 1788 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1789 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1790 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1791 1792 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1793 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1794 continue; 1795 1796 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1797 // different linkages. 1798 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1799 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1800 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1801 continue; 1802 1803 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1804 Filter.erase(); 1805 } 1806 1807 Filter.done(); 1808 } 1809 1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1811 QualType OldType; 1812 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1813 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1814 else 1815 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1816 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1817 1818 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1819 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1820 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1822 << Kind << NewType; 1823 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1824 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1825 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 if (OldType != NewType && 1830 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1831 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1832 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1833 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1835 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1836 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1837 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1838 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1839 return true; 1840 } 1841 return false; 1842 } 1843 1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1848 /// 1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1850 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1851 // merging checks. 1852 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1853 1854 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1855 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1856 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1857 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1858 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1859 default: break; 1860 case 2: 1861 { 1862 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1863 break; 1864 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1866 break; 1867 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1868 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1869 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1870 break; 1871 } 1872 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1873 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1874 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1875 return; 1876 } 1877 case 5: 1878 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1879 break; 1880 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1881 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1883 return; 1884 case 3: 1885 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1886 break; 1887 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1888 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1889 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1890 return; 1891 } 1892 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1893 } 1894 1895 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1896 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1897 if (!Old) { 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1899 << New->getDeclName(); 1900 1901 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1902 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1903 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1904 1905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1906 } 1907 1908 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1909 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1910 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1911 1912 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1913 // with any extensions enabled. 1914 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1918 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1919 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1920 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1921 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1925 return; 1926 1927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1928 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1929 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1930 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1931 // to the type to which it already refers. 1932 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1933 return; 1934 1935 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1936 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1937 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1938 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1939 // 1940 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1941 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1942 // 1943 // struct S { 1944 // typedef struct A { } A; 1945 // }; 1946 // 1947 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1948 // allow the above but disallow 1949 // 1950 // struct S { 1951 // typedef int I; 1952 // typedef int I; 1953 // }; 1954 // 1955 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1956 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1957 return; 1958 1959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1960 << New->getDeclName(); 1961 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1962 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1963 } 1964 1965 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1966 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1967 return; 1968 1969 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1970 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1971 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1972 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1973 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1974 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1975 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1976 return; 1977 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1985 /// attribute. 1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1987 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1988 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1989 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1990 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1991 if (Ann) { 1992 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1993 return true; 1994 continue; 1995 } 1996 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1997 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1998 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1999 return true; 2000 } 2001 2002 return false; 2003 } 2004 2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2006 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2007 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2008 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2009 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2010 return true; 2011 } 2012 2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2015 /// 2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2018 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2019 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2020 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2021 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2022 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2023 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2024 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2025 // in a case like: 2026 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2027 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2028 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2029 // definition in such a case. 2030 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2031 return false; 2032 2033 if (I->isAlignas()) 2034 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2035 2036 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2037 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2038 OldAlign = Align; 2039 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 2043 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2044 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2046 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2047 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2048 return false; 2049 2050 if (I->isAlignas()) 2051 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2052 2053 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2054 if (Align > NewAlign) 2055 NewAlign = Align; 2056 } 2057 2058 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2059 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2060 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2061 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2062 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2063 2064 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2065 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2066 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2067 QualType Ty; 2068 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2069 Ty = VD->getType(); 2070 else 2071 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2072 2073 if (OldAlign == 0) 2074 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2075 if (NewAlign == 0) 2076 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2077 } 2078 2079 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2080 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2081 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2082 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2083 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2088 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2089 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2090 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2091 // equivalent alignment. 2092 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2093 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2094 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2095 // have no alignment specifier. 2096 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2097 << OldAlignasAttr; 2098 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2099 << OldAlignasAttr; 2100 } 2101 2102 bool AnyAdded = false; 2103 2104 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2105 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2106 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2107 Clone->setInherited(true); 2108 New->addAttr(Clone); 2109 AnyAdded = true; 2110 } 2111 2112 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2113 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2114 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2115 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2116 Clone->setInherited(true); 2117 New->addAttr(Clone); 2118 AnyAdded = true; 2119 } 2120 2121 return AnyAdded; 2122 } 2123 2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2125 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2126 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2127 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2128 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2129 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2130 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2131 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2132 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2133 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2134 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2135 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2136 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2137 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2138 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2139 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2140 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2141 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2142 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2143 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2144 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2145 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2146 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2147 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2148 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2149 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2150 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2151 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2152 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2153 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2154 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2155 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2156 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2157 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2158 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2159 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2160 NewAttr = nullptr; 2161 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2162 NewAttr = nullptr; 2163 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2164 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2165 2166 if (NewAttr) { 2167 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2168 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2169 return true; 2170 } 2171 2172 return false; 2173 } 2174 2175 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2176 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2177 return TD->getDefinition(); 2178 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2179 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2180 if (Def) 2181 return Def; 2182 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2183 } 2184 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2185 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2186 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2187 return Def; 2188 } 2189 return nullptr; 2190 } 2191 2192 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2193 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2194 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2195 return true; 2196 return false; 2197 } 2198 2199 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2200 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2201 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2202 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2203 return; 2204 2205 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2206 if (!Def || Def == New) 2207 return; 2208 2209 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2210 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2211 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2212 2213 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2214 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2215 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2216 else { 2217 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2218 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2219 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2220 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2221 : diag::err_redefinition; 2222 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2223 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2224 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2225 } 2226 ++I; 2227 continue; 2228 } 2229 2230 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2231 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2232 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2233 ++I; 2234 continue; 2235 } 2236 } 2237 2238 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2239 ++I; 2240 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2241 } 2242 2243 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2244 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2245 ++I; 2246 continue; 2247 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2248 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2249 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2250 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2251 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2252 // equivalent alignment. 2253 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2254 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2255 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2256 // have no alignment specifier. 2257 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2258 << AA; 2259 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2260 << AA; 2261 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2262 --E; 2263 continue; 2264 } 2265 } 2266 2267 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2268 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2269 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2270 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2271 --E; 2272 } 2273 } 2274 2275 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2276 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2277 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2278 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2279 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2280 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2281 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2282 } 2283 2284 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2285 return; 2286 2287 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2288 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2289 2290 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2291 return; 2292 2293 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2294 2295 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2296 // we process them. 2297 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2298 2299 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2300 bool Override = false; 2301 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2302 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2303 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2304 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2305 switch (AMK) { 2306 case AMK_None: 2307 continue; 2308 2309 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2310 break; 2311 2312 case AMK_Override: 2313 Override = true; 2314 break; 2315 } 2316 } 2317 2318 // Already handled. 2319 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2320 continue; 2321 2322 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2323 foundAny = true; 2324 } 2325 2326 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2327 foundAny = true; 2328 2329 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2330 } 2331 2332 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2333 /// to the new one. 2334 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2335 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2336 Sema &S) { 2337 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2338 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2339 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2340 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2341 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2342 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2343 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2344 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2345 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2346 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2347 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2348 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2349 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2350 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2351 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2352 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2353 } 2354 2355 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2356 return; 2357 2358 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2359 2360 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2361 // done before we process them. 2362 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2363 2364 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2365 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2366 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2367 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2368 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2369 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2370 foundAny = true; 2371 } 2372 } 2373 2374 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2375 } 2376 2377 namespace { 2378 2379 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2380 /// C. 2381 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2382 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2383 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2384 QualType PromotedType; 2385 }; 2386 2387 } 2388 2389 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2390 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2391 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2392 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2393 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2394 2395 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2396 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2397 2398 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2399 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2400 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2401 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2402 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2403 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2404 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2405 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2406 } 2407 2408 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2409 } 2410 2411 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2412 // declaration, or a declaration. 2413 template <typename T> 2414 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2415 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2416 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2417 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2418 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2419 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2420 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2421 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2422 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2423 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2424 } else 2425 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2426 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2427 } 2428 2429 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2430 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2431 /// GNU89 mode. 2432 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2433 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2434 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2435 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2436 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2437 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2438 } 2439 2440 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2441 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2442 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2443 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2444 return AT; 2445 } 2446 2447 template <typename T> 2448 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2449 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2450 if (DC->isRecord()) 2451 return false; 2452 2453 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2454 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2455 return true; 2456 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2457 return true; 2458 return false; 2459 } 2460 2461 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2462 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2463 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2464 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2465 /// 2466 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2467 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2468 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2469 /// merged with. 2470 /// 2471 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2472 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2473 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2474 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2475 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2476 if (!Old) { 2477 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2478 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2479 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2480 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2481 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2482 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2483 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2484 return true; 2485 } 2486 2487 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2488 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2489 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2490 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2491 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2492 2493 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2494 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2495 if (Old && 2496 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2497 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2498 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2499 Old = nullptr; 2500 2501 if (!Old) { 2502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2503 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2504 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2505 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2506 return true; 2507 } 2508 OldD = Old; 2509 } else { 2510 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2511 << New->getDeclName(); 2512 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2513 return true; 2514 } 2515 } 2516 2517 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2518 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2519 return true; 2520 2521 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2522 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2523 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2524 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2525 2526 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2527 // is an extern inline function. 2528 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2529 // storage classes. 2530 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2531 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2532 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2533 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2534 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2535 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2537 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2538 } else { 2539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2540 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2541 return true; 2542 } 2543 } 2544 2545 2546 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2547 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2548 // convention of the first. 2549 // 2550 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2551 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2552 // 2553 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2554 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2555 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2556 // 2557 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2558 // other tests to run. 2559 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2560 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2561 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2562 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2563 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2564 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2565 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2566 2567 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2568 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2569 const FunctionType *FT = 2570 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2571 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2572 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2573 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2574 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2575 // there but not here. 2576 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2577 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2578 } else { 2579 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2580 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2582 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2583 << !FirstCCExplicit 2584 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2585 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2586 2587 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2588 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2589 return true; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 2593 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2594 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2595 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2596 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2597 } 2598 2599 // Merge regparm attribute. 2600 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2601 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2602 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2603 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2604 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2605 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2606 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2607 return true; 2608 } 2609 2610 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2611 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2612 } 2613 2614 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2615 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2616 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2618 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 2622 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2623 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2624 } 2625 2626 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2627 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2628 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2629 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2630 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2631 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2632 } 2633 2634 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2635 // UndefinedButUsed. 2636 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2637 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2638 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2639 Old->isUsed(false) && 2640 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2641 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2642 SourceLocation())); 2643 2644 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2645 // about it. 2646 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2647 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2648 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2649 } 2650 2651 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2652 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2653 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2654 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2655 // cannot be overloaded. 2656 2657 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2658 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2659 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2660 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2661 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2662 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2663 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2664 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2665 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2666 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2667 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2668 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2669 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2670 QualType ResQT; 2671 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2672 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2673 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2674 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2675 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2676 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2677 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2678 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2679 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2680 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2681 else 2682 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2683 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2684 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2685 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2686 return true; 2687 } 2688 else 2689 NewQType = ResQT; 2690 } 2691 2692 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2693 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2694 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2695 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2696 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2697 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2698 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2699 New->setType( 2700 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2701 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2702 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2703 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2704 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2705 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2706 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2707 } 2708 } 2709 2710 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2711 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2712 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2713 // Preserve triviality. 2714 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2715 2716 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2717 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2718 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2719 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2720 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2721 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2722 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2723 2724 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2725 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2726 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2727 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2728 // is a static member function declaration. 2729 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2730 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2731 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2732 return true; 2733 } 2734 2735 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2736 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2737 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2738 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2739 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2740 unsigned NewDiag; 2741 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2742 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2743 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2744 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2745 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2746 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2747 else 2748 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2749 2750 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2751 } else { 2752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2753 << New << New->getType(); 2754 } 2755 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2756 2757 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2758 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2759 // 2760 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2761 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2762 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2763 if (isFriend) { 2764 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2765 } else { 2766 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2767 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2768 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2769 return true; 2770 } 2771 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2772 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2773 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2774 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2775 return true; 2776 } 2777 } 2778 2779 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2780 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2781 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2782 // attribute. 2783 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2784 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2785 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2786 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2787 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2788 } 2789 2790 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2791 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2792 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2793 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2794 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2795 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2796 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2797 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2798 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2799 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2800 } 2801 2802 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2803 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2804 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2805 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2806 2807 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2808 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2809 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2810 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2811 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2812 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2813 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2814 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2815 } 2816 2817 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2818 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2819 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2820 // 2821 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2822 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2823 // linkage within class scope. 2824 // 2825 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2826 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2827 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2828 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2829 } else { 2830 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2831 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2832 return true; 2833 } 2834 } 2835 2836 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2837 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2838 2839 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2840 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2841 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2842 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2843 // when we instantiate the function. 2844 return false; 2845 } 2846 2847 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2848 } 2849 2850 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2851 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2852 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2853 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2854 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2855 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2856 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2857 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2858 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2859 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2860 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2861 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2862 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2863 NewQType = 2864 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2865 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2866 New->setType(NewQType); 2867 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2868 2869 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2870 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2871 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2872 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2873 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2874 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2875 SC_None, nullptr); 2876 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2877 Param->setImplicit(); 2878 Params.push_back(Param); 2879 } 2880 2881 New->setParams(Params); 2882 } 2883 2884 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2885 } 2886 2887 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2888 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2889 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2890 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2891 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2892 // the prototype. 2893 // 2894 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2895 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2896 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2897 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2898 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2899 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2900 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2901 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2902 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2903 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2904 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2905 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2906 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2907 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2908 2909 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2910 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2911 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2912 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2913 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2914 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2915 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2916 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2917 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2918 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2919 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2920 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2921 NewParm->getType(), 2922 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2923 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2924 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2925 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2926 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2927 } else 2928 LooseCompatible = false; 2929 } 2930 2931 if (LooseCompatible) { 2932 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2933 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2934 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2935 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2936 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2937 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2938 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2939 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2940 } 2941 2942 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2943 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2944 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2945 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2946 } 2947 2948 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2949 } 2950 2951 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2952 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2953 2954 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2955 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2956 unsigned BuiltinID; 2957 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2958 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2959 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2960 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2961 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2962 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2963 << Old << Old->getType(); 2964 2965 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2966 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2967 // 2968 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2969 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2970 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2971 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2972 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2973 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2974 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2975 2976 return false; 2977 } 2978 2979 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2980 } 2981 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2984 return true; 2985 } 2986 2987 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2988 /// known to be compatible. 2989 /// 2990 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2991 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2992 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2993 /// redeclaration of Old. 2994 /// 2995 /// \returns false 2996 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2997 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2998 // Merge the attributes 2999 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3000 3001 // Merge "pure" flag. 3002 if (Old->isPure()) 3003 New->setPure(); 3004 3005 // Merge "used" flag. 3006 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3007 New->setIsUsed(); 3008 3009 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3010 // declarations. 3011 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3012 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3013 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3014 *this); 3015 3016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3017 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3018 3019 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3020 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3021 // was visible. 3022 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3023 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3024 New->setType(Merged); 3025 3026 return false; 3027 } 3028 3029 3030 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3031 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3032 3033 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3034 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3035 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3036 : AMK_Override; 3037 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3038 3039 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3040 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3041 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3042 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3043 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3044 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3045 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3046 3047 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3048 } 3049 3050 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3051 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3052 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3053 /// 3054 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3055 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3056 /// is attached. 3057 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3058 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3059 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3060 return; 3061 3062 QualType MergedT; 3063 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3064 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3065 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3066 return; 3067 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3068 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3069 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3070 } 3071 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3072 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3073 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3074 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3075 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3076 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3077 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3078 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3079 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3080 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3081 NewArray->getElementType())) 3082 MergedT = New->getType(); 3083 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3084 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3085 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3086 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3087 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3088 NewArray->getElementType())) 3089 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3090 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3091 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3092 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3093 Old->getType()); 3094 } 3095 } else { 3096 // C 6.2.7p2: 3097 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3098 // compatible type. 3099 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3100 } 3101 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3102 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3103 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3104 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3105 // equivalent. 3106 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3107 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3108 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3109 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3110 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3111 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3112 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3113 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3114 return; 3115 } 3116 3117 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3118 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3119 // 3120 // extern int arr[]; 3121 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3122 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3123 // 3124 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3125 // to diagnose it. 3126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3127 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3129 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3130 } 3131 3132 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3133 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3134 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3135 New->setType(MergedT); 3136 } 3137 3138 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3139 LookupResult &Previous) { 3140 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3141 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3142 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3143 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3144 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3145 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3146 // 3147 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3148 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3149 return false; 3150 3151 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3152 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3153 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3154 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3155 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3156 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3157 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3158 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3159 } else { 3160 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3161 // type unless we're in the same function. 3162 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3163 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3164 } 3165 } 3166 3167 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3168 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3169 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3170 /// 3171 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3172 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3173 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3174 /// 3175 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3176 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3177 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3178 return; 3179 3180 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3181 3182 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3183 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3184 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3185 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3186 if (NewTemplate) { 3187 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3188 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3189 } else 3190 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3191 } 3192 if (!Old) { 3193 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3194 << New->getDeclName(); 3195 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3196 diag::note_previous_definition); 3197 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3198 } 3199 3200 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3201 return; 3202 3203 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3204 if (NewTemplate && 3205 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3206 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3207 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3208 return; 3209 3210 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3211 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3212 // 3213 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3214 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3215 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3216 << New->getIdentifier(); 3217 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3218 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3219 } 3220 3221 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3222 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3223 // declaration 3224 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3225 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3226 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3227 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3228 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3229 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3230 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3231 } 3232 3233 // Merge the types. 3234 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3235 3236 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3237 return; 3238 3239 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3240 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3241 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3242 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3243 3244 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3245 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3246 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3247 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3248 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3250 << New->getDeclName(); 3251 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3252 } else { 3253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3254 << New->getDeclName(); 3255 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3256 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3257 } 3258 } 3259 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3260 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3261 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3262 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3263 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3264 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3265 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3266 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3267 // identifier has external linkage. 3268 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3269 /* Okay */; 3270 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3271 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3272 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3273 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3274 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3275 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3276 } 3277 3278 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3279 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3280 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3281 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3282 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3283 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3284 } 3285 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3286 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3287 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3288 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3289 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3290 } 3291 3292 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3293 3294 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3295 // need to check for mismatches. 3296 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3297 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3298 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3299 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3300 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3301 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3302 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3303 } 3304 3305 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3306 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3308 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3309 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3310 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3311 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3312 } else { 3313 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3314 // static and dynamic initialization. 3315 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3316 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3317 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3318 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3319 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3320 } 3321 } 3322 3323 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3324 const VarDecl *Def; 3325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3326 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3327 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3328 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3329 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3330 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3331 return; 3332 } 3333 3334 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3336 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3337 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3338 return; 3339 } 3340 3341 // Merge "used" flag. 3342 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3343 New->setIsUsed(); 3344 3345 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3346 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3347 if (NewTemplate) 3348 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3349 3350 // Inherit access appropriately. 3351 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3352 if (NewTemplate) 3353 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3354 } 3355 3356 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3357 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3358 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3359 DeclSpec &DS) { 3360 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3361 } 3362 3363 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3364 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3365 return; 3366 3367 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3368 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3369 // it is anonymous. 3370 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3371 return; 3372 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3373 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3374 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3375 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3376 return; 3377 } 3378 3379 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3380 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3381 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3382 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3383 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3384 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3385 Tag, 3386 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3387 } 3388 } 3389 3390 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3391 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3392 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3393 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3394 DeclSpec &DS, 3395 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3396 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3397 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3398 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3399 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3400 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3401 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3402 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3403 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3404 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3405 3406 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3407 return nullptr; 3408 3409 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3410 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3411 // it's a Type. 3412 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3413 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3414 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3415 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3416 } 3417 3418 if (Tag) { 3419 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3420 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3421 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3422 return Tag; 3423 } 3424 3425 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3426 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3427 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3428 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3429 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3430 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3431 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3432 } 3433 3434 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3435 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3436 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3437 if (Tag) 3438 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3439 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3440 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3441 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3442 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3443 else 3444 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3445 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3446 return TagD; 3447 } 3448 3449 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3450 3451 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3452 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3453 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3454 if (TagD && !Tag) 3455 return nullptr; 3456 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3457 } 3458 3459 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3460 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3461 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3462 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3463 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3464 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3465 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3466 // or an explicit specialization. 3467 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3468 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3469 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3470 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3471 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3472 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3473 << SS.getRange(); 3474 return nullptr; 3475 } 3476 3477 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3478 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3479 3480 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3481 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3482 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3483 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3485 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3486 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3487 3488 DeclaresAnything = false; 3489 } 3490 } 3491 3492 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3493 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3494 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3495 // 3496 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3497 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3498 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3499 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3500 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3501 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3502 // struct STRUCT; 3503 // union UNION; 3504 // and 3505 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3506 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3507 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3508 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3509 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3510 if (Tag) 3511 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3512 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3513 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3514 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3515 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3516 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3517 3518 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3519 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3520 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3521 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3522 } 3523 3524 DeclaresAnything = false; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 3528 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3529 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3530 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3531 return TagD; 3532 3533 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3534 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3535 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3536 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3537 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3538 DeclaresAnything = false; 3539 3540 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3541 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3542 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3543 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3544 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3545 else 3546 DeclaresAnything = false; 3547 } 3548 3549 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3550 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3551 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3552 << Tag->getTagKind() 3553 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3554 3555 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3556 3557 // C 6.7/2: 3558 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3559 // or the members of an enumeration. 3560 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3561 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3562 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3563 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3564 // previous declaration. 3565 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3566 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3567 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3568 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3569 return TagD; 3570 } 3571 3572 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3573 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3574 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3575 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3576 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3577 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3578 // 3579 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3580 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3581 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3582 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3583 3584 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3585 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3586 // useless. 3587 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3588 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3589 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3590 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3591 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3592 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3593 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3594 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3595 } 3596 3597 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3598 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3599 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3600 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3601 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3602 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3603 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3604 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3605 // Restrict is covered above. 3606 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3607 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3608 } 3609 3610 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3611 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3612 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3613 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3614 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3615 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3616 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3617 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3618 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3619 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3620 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3621 while (attrs) { 3622 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3623 << attrs->getName() 3624 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3625 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3626 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3627 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3628 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3629 } 3630 } 3631 } 3632 3633 return TagD; 3634 } 3635 3636 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3637 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3638 /// 3639 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3640 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3641 Scope *S, 3642 DeclContext *Owner, 3643 DeclarationName Name, 3644 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3645 unsigned diagnostic) { 3646 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3647 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3648 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3649 3650 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3651 return false; 3652 3653 // Pick a representative declaration. 3654 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3655 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3656 3657 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3658 return false; 3659 3660 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3661 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3662 3663 return true; 3664 } 3665 3666 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3667 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3668 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3669 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3670 /// struct, e.g., 3671 /// 3672 /// @code 3673 /// union { 3674 /// int i; 3675 /// float f; 3676 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3677 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3678 /// @endcode 3679 /// 3680 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3681 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3682 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3683 DeclContext *Owner, 3684 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3685 AccessSpecifier AS, 3686 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3687 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3688 unsigned diagKind 3689 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3690 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3691 3692 bool Invalid = false; 3693 3694 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3695 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3696 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3697 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3698 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3699 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3700 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3701 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3702 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3703 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3704 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3705 Invalid = true; 3706 } else { 3707 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3708 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3709 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3710 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3711 // anonymous union is declared. 3712 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3713 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3714 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3715 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3716 else 3717 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3718 3719 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3720 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3721 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3722 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3723 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3724 3725 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3726 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3727 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3728 3729 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3730 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3731 3732 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3733 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3734 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3735 3736 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3737 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3738 3739 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3740 } 3741 } 3742 } 3743 3744 return Invalid; 3745 } 3746 3747 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3748 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3749 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3750 static StorageClass 3751 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3752 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3753 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3754 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3755 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3756 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3757 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3758 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3759 return SC_None; 3760 return SC_Extern; 3761 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3762 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3763 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3764 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3765 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3766 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3767 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3768 } 3769 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3770 } 3771 3772 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3773 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3774 3775 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3776 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3777 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3778 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3779 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3780 return FD->getLocation(); 3781 } 3782 3783 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3784 } 3785 3786 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3787 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3788 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3789 return; 3790 3791 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3792 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3793 } 3794 3795 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3796 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3797 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3798 return; 3799 3800 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3801 } 3802 3803 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3804 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3805 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3806 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3807 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3808 AccessSpecifier AS, 3809 RecordDecl *Record, 3810 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3811 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3812 3813 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3814 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3815 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3816 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3817 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3818 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3819 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3820 3821 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3822 // structs/unions. 3823 bool Invalid = false; 3824 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3825 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3826 unsigned DiagID; 3827 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3828 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3829 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3830 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3831 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3832 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3833 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3834 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3835 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3836 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3837 3838 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3839 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3840 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3841 } 3842 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3843 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3844 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3845 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3846 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3847 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3848 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3850 3851 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3852 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3853 SourceLocation(), 3854 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3855 } 3856 } 3857 3858 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3859 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3860 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3861 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3862 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3863 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3864 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3865 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3866 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3867 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3868 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3869 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3870 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3871 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3872 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3873 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3874 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3875 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3876 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3877 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3878 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3879 3880 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3881 } 3882 3883 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3884 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3885 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3886 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3887 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3888 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3889 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3890 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3891 // members (clause 11). 3892 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3893 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3894 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3895 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3896 Invalid = true; 3897 } 3898 3899 // C++ [class.union]p1 3900 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3901 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3902 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3903 // array of such objects. 3904 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3905 Invalid = true; 3906 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3907 // Any implicit members are fine. 3908 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3909 // This is a type that showed up in an 3910 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3911 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3912 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3913 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3914 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3915 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3916 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3917 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3918 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3919 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3920 else { 3921 // This is a nested type declaration. 3922 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3923 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3924 Invalid = true; 3925 } 3926 } else { 3927 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3928 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3929 // not part of standard C++. 3930 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3931 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3932 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3933 } 3934 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3935 // Any access specifier is fine. 3936 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3937 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3938 } else { 3939 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3940 // member. Complain about it. 3941 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3942 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3943 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3944 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3945 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3946 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3947 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3948 3949 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3950 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3951 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3952 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3953 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3954 else { 3955 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3956 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3957 Invalid = true; 3958 } 3959 } 3960 } 3961 3962 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3963 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3964 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3965 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3966 Owner->isRecord()) 3967 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3968 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3969 } 3970 3971 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3972 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3973 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3974 Invalid = true; 3975 } 3976 3977 // Mock up a declarator. 3978 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3979 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3980 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3981 3982 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3983 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3984 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3985 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3986 DS.getLocStart(), 3987 Record->getLocation(), 3988 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3989 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3990 TInfo, 3991 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3992 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3993 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3994 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3995 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3996 } else { 3997 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3998 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3999 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4000 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4001 // an error here 4002 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4003 Invalid = true; 4004 SC = SC_None; 4005 } 4006 4007 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4008 DS.getLocStart(), 4009 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4010 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4011 TInfo, SC); 4012 4013 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4014 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4015 // initializer: 4016 // union { int n = 0; }; 4017 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4018 } 4019 Anon->setImplicit(); 4020 4021 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4022 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4023 4024 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4025 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4026 // its members. 4027 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4028 4029 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4030 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4031 // purposes. 4032 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4033 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4034 4035 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4036 Chain, false)) 4037 Invalid = true; 4038 4039 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4040 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4041 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4042 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4043 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4044 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4045 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4046 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4047 } 4048 } 4049 } 4050 4051 if (Invalid) 4052 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4053 4054 return Anon; 4055 } 4056 4057 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4058 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4059 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4060 /// Example: 4061 /// 4062 /// struct A { int a; }; 4063 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4064 /// 4065 /// void foo() { 4066 /// B var; 4067 /// var.a = 3; 4068 /// } 4069 /// 4070 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4071 RecordDecl *Record) { 4072 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4073 4074 // Mock up a declarator. 4075 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4076 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4077 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4078 4079 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4080 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4081 4082 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4083 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4084 ParentDecl, 4085 DS.getLocStart(), 4086 DS.getLocStart(), 4087 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4088 RecTy, 4089 TInfo, 4090 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4091 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4092 Anon->setImplicit(); 4093 4094 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4095 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4096 4097 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4098 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4099 // purposes. 4100 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4101 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4102 4103 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4104 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4105 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4106 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4107 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4108 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4109 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4110 } 4111 4112 return Anon; 4113 } 4114 4115 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4116 /// given Declarator. 4117 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4118 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4119 } 4120 4121 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4122 DeclarationNameInfo 4123 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4125 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4126 4127 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4128 4129 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4130 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4131 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4132 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4133 return NameInfo; 4134 4135 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4136 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4137 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4138 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4139 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4140 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4141 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4142 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4143 return NameInfo; 4144 4145 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4146 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4147 Name.Identifier)); 4148 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4149 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4150 return NameInfo; 4151 4152 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4153 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4154 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4155 if (Ty.isNull()) 4156 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4157 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4158 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4159 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4160 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4161 return NameInfo; 4162 } 4163 4164 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4165 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4166 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4167 if (Ty.isNull()) 4168 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4169 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4170 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4171 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4172 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4173 return NameInfo; 4174 } 4175 4176 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4177 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4178 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4179 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4180 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4181 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4182 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4183 4184 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4185 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4186 4187 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4188 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4189 // was qualified. 4190 4191 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4192 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4193 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4194 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4195 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4196 return NameInfo; 4197 } 4198 4199 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4200 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4201 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4202 if (Ty.isNull()) 4203 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4204 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4205 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4206 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4207 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4208 return NameInfo; 4209 } 4210 4211 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4212 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4213 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4214 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4215 } 4216 4217 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4218 4219 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4220 } 4221 4222 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4223 do { 4224 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4225 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4226 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4227 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4228 else 4229 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4230 } while (true); 4231 } 4232 4233 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4234 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4235 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4236 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4237 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4238 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4239 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4240 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4241 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4242 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4243 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4244 Params.clear(); 4245 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4246 return false; 4247 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4248 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4249 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4250 4251 // The parameter types are identical 4252 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4253 continue; 4254 4255 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4256 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4257 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4258 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4259 4260 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4261 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4262 Params.push_back(Idx); 4263 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4264 return false; 4265 } 4266 4267 return true; 4268 } 4269 4270 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4271 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4272 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4273 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4274 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4275 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4276 DeclarationName Name) { 4277 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4278 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4279 // - types which will become injected class names 4280 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4281 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4282 // few cases here. 4283 4284 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4285 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4286 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4287 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4288 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4289 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4290 // Grab the type from the parser. 4291 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4292 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4293 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4294 4295 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4296 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4297 // attached already. 4298 if (!TSI) 4299 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4300 4301 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4302 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4303 if (!TSI) return true; 4304 4305 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4306 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4307 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4308 break; 4309 } 4310 4311 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4312 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4313 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4314 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4315 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4316 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4317 break; 4318 } 4319 4320 default: 4321 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4322 break; 4323 } 4324 4325 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4326 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4327 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4328 4329 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4330 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4331 // pointer. 4332 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4333 continue; 4334 4335 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4336 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4337 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4338 return true; 4339 } 4340 4341 return false; 4342 } 4343 4344 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4345 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4346 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4347 4348 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4349 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4350 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4351 4352 return Dcl; 4353 } 4354 4355 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4356 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4357 /// name different from T: 4358 /// - every static data member of class T; 4359 /// - every member function of class T 4360 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4361 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4362 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4363 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4364 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4365 4366 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4367 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4368 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4369 return true; 4370 } 4371 4372 return false; 4373 } 4374 4375 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4376 /// nested-name-specifier. 4377 /// 4378 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4379 /// 4380 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4381 /// resolves. 4382 /// 4383 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4384 /// 4385 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4386 /// 4387 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4388 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4389 DeclarationName Name, 4390 SourceLocation Loc) { 4391 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4392 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4393 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4394 4395 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4396 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4397 // 4398 // class X { 4399 // void X::f(); 4400 // }; 4401 // 4402 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4403 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4404 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4405 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4406 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4407 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4408 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4409 SS.clear(); 4410 } else { 4411 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4412 } 4413 return false; 4414 } 4415 4416 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4417 // declaration. 4418 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4419 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4420 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4421 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4422 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4423 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4424 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4425 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4426 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4427 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4428 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4430 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4431 else 4432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4433 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4434 4435 return true; 4436 } 4437 4438 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4439 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4441 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4442 SS.clear(); 4443 4444 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4445 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4446 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4447 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4448 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4449 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4450 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4451 return true; 4452 4453 return false; 4454 } 4455 4456 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4457 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4458 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4459 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4460 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4461 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4462 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4463 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4464 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4465 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4466 4467 return false; 4468 } 4469 4470 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4471 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4472 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4473 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4474 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4475 4476 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4477 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4478 if (!Name) { 4479 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4480 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4481 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4482 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4483 return nullptr; 4484 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4485 return nullptr; 4486 4487 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4488 // we find one that is. 4489 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4490 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4491 S = S->getParent(); 4492 4493 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4494 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4495 D.setInvalidType(); 4496 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4497 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4498 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4499 return nullptr; 4500 4501 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4502 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4503 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4504 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4505 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4506 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4507 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4508 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4509 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4510 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4511 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4512 return nullptr; 4513 } 4514 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4515 4516 if (!IsDependentContext && 4517 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4518 return nullptr; 4519 4520 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4521 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4522 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4523 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4524 D.setInvalidType(); 4525 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4526 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4527 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4528 if (DC->isRecord()) 4529 return nullptr; 4530 4531 D.setInvalidType(); 4532 } 4533 } 4534 4535 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4536 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4537 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4538 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4539 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4540 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4541 D.setInvalidType(); 4542 } 4543 } 4544 4545 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4546 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4547 // Just return early; it's safer. 4548 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4549 return nullptr; 4550 4551 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4552 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4553 4554 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4555 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4556 D.setInvalidType(); 4557 4558 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4559 ForRedeclaration); 4560 4561 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4562 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4563 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4564 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4565 4566 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4567 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4568 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4569 // 4570 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4571 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4572 // the same name. 4573 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4574 /* Do nothing*/; 4575 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4576 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4577 R->isFunctionType())) { 4578 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4579 CreateBuiltins = 4580 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4581 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4582 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4583 CreateBuiltins = true; 4584 4585 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4586 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4587 4588 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4589 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4590 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4591 4592 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4593 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4594 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4595 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4596 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4597 // thereof; [...] 4598 // 4599 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4600 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4601 // we want to match. For example, given: 4602 // 4603 // class X { 4604 // void f(); 4605 // void f(float); 4606 // }; 4607 // 4608 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4609 // 4610 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4611 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4612 // matches. 4613 4614 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4615 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4616 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4617 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4618 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4619 } 4620 4621 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4622 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4623 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4624 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4625 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4626 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4627 4628 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4629 Previous.clear(); 4630 } 4631 4632 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4633 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4634 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4635 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4636 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4637 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4638 Previous.clear(); 4639 4640 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4641 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4642 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4643 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4644 4645 NamedDecl *New; 4646 4647 bool AddToScope = true; 4648 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4649 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4650 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4651 return nullptr; 4652 } 4653 4654 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4655 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4656 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4657 TemplateParamLists, 4658 AddToScope); 4659 } else { 4660 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4661 AddToScope); 4662 } 4663 4664 if (!New) 4665 return nullptr; 4666 4667 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4668 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4669 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4670 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4671 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4672 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4673 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4674 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4675 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4676 if (!AddToContext) 4677 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4678 } 4679 4680 return New; 4681 } 4682 4683 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4684 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4685 /// GCC compatibility). 4686 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4687 ASTContext &Context, 4688 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4689 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4690 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4691 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4692 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4693 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4694 SizeIsNegative = false; 4695 Oversized = 0; 4696 4697 if (T->isDependentType()) 4698 return QualType(); 4699 4700 QualifierCollector Qs; 4701 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4702 4703 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4704 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4705 QualType FixedType = 4706 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4707 Oversized); 4708 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4709 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4710 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4711 } 4712 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4713 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4714 QualType FixedType = 4715 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4716 Oversized); 4717 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4718 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4719 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4720 } 4721 4722 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4723 if (!VLATy) 4724 return QualType(); 4725 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4726 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4727 return QualType(); 4728 4729 llvm::APSInt Res; 4730 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4731 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4732 return QualType(); 4733 4734 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4735 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4736 SizeIsNegative = true; 4737 return QualType(); 4738 } 4739 4740 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4741 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4742 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4743 Res); 4744 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4745 Oversized = Res; 4746 return QualType(); 4747 } 4748 4749 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4750 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4751 } 4752 4753 static void 4754 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4755 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4756 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4757 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4758 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4759 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4760 return; 4761 } 4762 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4763 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4764 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4765 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4766 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4767 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4768 return; 4769 } 4770 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4771 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4772 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4773 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4774 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4775 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4776 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4777 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4778 } 4779 4780 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4781 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4782 /// GCC compatibility). 4783 static TypeSourceInfo* 4784 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4785 ASTContext &Context, 4786 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4787 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4788 QualType FixedTy 4789 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4790 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4791 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4792 return nullptr; 4793 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4794 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4795 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4796 return FixedTInfo; 4797 } 4798 4799 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4800 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4801 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4802 /// function-scope declarations. 4803 void 4804 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4805 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4806 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4807 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4808 return; 4809 4810 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4811 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4812 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4813 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4814 } 4815 4816 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4817 if (ExternalSource) { 4818 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4819 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4820 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4821 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4822 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4823 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4824 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4825 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4826 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4827 } 4828 } 4829 4830 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4831 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4832 } 4833 4834 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4835 /// does not identify a function. 4836 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4837 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4838 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4839 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4840 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4841 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4842 4843 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4844 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4845 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4846 4847 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4848 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4849 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4850 4851 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4852 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4853 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4854 } 4855 4856 NamedDecl* 4857 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4858 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4859 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4860 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4862 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4863 D.setInvalidType(); 4864 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4865 DC = CurContext; 4866 Previous.clear(); 4867 } 4868 4869 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4870 4871 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4872 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4873 << 1; 4874 4875 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4876 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4877 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4878 return nullptr; 4879 } 4880 4881 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4882 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4883 4884 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4885 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4886 4887 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4888 4889 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4890 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4891 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4892 return ND; 4893 } 4894 4895 void 4896 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4897 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4898 // then it shall have block scope. 4899 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4900 // that redeclarations will match. 4901 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4902 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4903 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4904 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4905 4906 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4907 bool SizeIsNegative; 4908 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4909 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4910 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4911 SizeIsNegative, 4912 Oversized); 4913 if (FixedTInfo) { 4914 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4915 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4916 } else { 4917 if (SizeIsNegative) 4918 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4919 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4920 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4921 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4922 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4923 << Oversized.toString(10); 4924 else 4925 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4926 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 } 4930 } 4931 4932 4933 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4934 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4935 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4936 NamedDecl* 4937 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4938 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4939 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4940 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4941 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4942 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4943 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4944 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4945 Redeclaration = true; 4946 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4947 } 4948 4949 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4950 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4951 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4952 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4953 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4954 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4955 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4956 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4957 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4958 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4959 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4960 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4961 } 4962 4963 return NewTD; 4964 } 4965 4966 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4967 /// previous declaration. 4968 /// 4969 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4970 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4971 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4972 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4973 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4974 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4975 /// 4976 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4977 /// lookup 4978 /// 4979 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4980 /// declared. 4981 /// 4982 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4983 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4984 static bool 4985 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4986 ASTContext &Context) { 4987 if (!PrevDecl) 4988 return false; 4989 4990 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4991 return false; 4992 4993 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4994 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4995 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4996 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4997 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4998 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4999 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5000 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5001 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5002 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5003 return false; 5004 5005 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5006 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5007 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5008 return false; 5009 5010 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5011 // previous declarations. 5012 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5013 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5014 5015 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5016 // isn't the same function. 5017 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5018 return false; 5019 } 5020 5021 return true; 5022 } 5023 5024 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5025 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5026 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5027 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5028 } 5029 5030 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5031 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5032 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5033 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5034 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5035 unsigned kind = -1U; 5036 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5037 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5038 kind = 0; // __block 5039 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5040 kind = 1; // global 5041 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5042 kind = 3; // ivar 5043 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5044 kind = 2; // field 5045 } 5046 5047 if (kind != -1U) { 5048 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5049 << kind; 5050 } 5051 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5052 // Try to infer lifetime. 5053 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5054 return false; 5055 5056 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5057 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5058 decl->setType(type); 5059 } 5060 5061 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5062 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5063 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5064 var->getTLSKind()) { 5065 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5066 << var->getType(); 5067 return true; 5068 } 5069 } 5070 5071 return false; 5072 } 5073 5074 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5075 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5076 // the wrong linkage. 5077 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5078 5079 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5080 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5081 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5082 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5083 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5084 } 5085 } 5086 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5087 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5088 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5089 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 5093 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5094 // It does not apply to functions. 5095 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5096 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5097 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5098 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5099 } 5100 } 5101 5102 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5103 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5104 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5105 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5106 << &ND << Attr; 5107 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5108 } 5109 } 5110 } 5111 5112 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5113 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5114 bool IsSpecialization) { 5115 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5116 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5117 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5118 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5119 5120 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5121 return; 5122 5123 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5124 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5125 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5126 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5127 5128 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5129 // inherited attribute instances. 5130 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5131 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5132 5133 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5134 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5135 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5136 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5137 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5138 5139 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5140 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5141 // free functions and global variables. 5142 bool JustWarn = false; 5143 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5144 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5145 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5146 JustWarn = true; 5147 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5148 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5149 JustWarn = true; 5150 } 5151 5152 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5153 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5154 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5155 << NewDecl 5156 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5157 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5158 if (!JustWarn) { 5159 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5160 return; 5161 } 5162 } 5163 5164 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5165 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5166 // and qualified friend declarations. 5167 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5168 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5169 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5170 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5171 // separately. 5172 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5173 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5174 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5175 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5176 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5177 } 5178 5179 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5180 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5181 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5182 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5183 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5184 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5185 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5186 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5187 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5188 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5189 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5190 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5191 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5192 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5193 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5194 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5195 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5196 } 5197 } 5198 5199 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5200 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5201 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5202 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5203 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5204 5205 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5206 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5207 5208 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5209 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5210 return false; 5211 5212 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5213 5214 #ifndef NDEBUG 5215 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5216 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5217 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5218 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5219 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5220 #endif 5221 5222 bool isC99Inline = 5223 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5224 5225 #ifndef NDEBUG 5226 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5227 #endif 5228 5229 return isC99Inline; 5230 } 5231 5232 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5233 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5234 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5235 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5236 /// 5237 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5238 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5239 /// 5240 /// For instance: 5241 /// 5242 /// auto x = []{}; 5243 /// 5244 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5245 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5246 /// 5247 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5248 template<typename T> 5249 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5250 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5251 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5252 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5253 return false; 5254 } 5255 return D->isExternC(); 5256 } 5257 5258 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5259 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5260 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5261 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5262 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5263 return true; 5264 if (DC->isRecord()) 5265 return false; 5266 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5267 } 5268 5269 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5270 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5271 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5272 return true; 5273 if (DC->isRecord()) 5274 return false; 5275 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5276 } 5277 5278 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5279 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5280 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5281 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5282 return true; 5283 return false; 5284 } 5285 5286 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5287 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5288 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5289 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5290 return true; 5291 5292 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5293 // position to the decl itself. 5294 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5295 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5296 return true; 5297 } 5298 5299 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5300 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5301 } 5302 5303 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5304 /// function-local external declaration. 5305 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5306 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5307 return false; 5308 5309 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5310 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5311 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5312 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5313 return true; 5314 5315 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5316 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5317 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5318 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5319 // 5320 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5321 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5322 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5323 DC = DC->getParent(); 5324 return true; 5325 } 5326 5327 NamedDecl * 5328 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5329 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5330 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5331 bool &AddToScope) { 5332 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5333 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5334 5335 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5336 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5337 5338 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5339 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5340 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5341 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5342 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5343 SC = SC_Extern; 5344 5345 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5346 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5347 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5348 5349 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5350 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5351 QualType NR = R; 5352 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5353 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5354 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5355 D.setInvalidType(); 5356 break; 5357 } 5358 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5359 } 5360 5361 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5362 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5363 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5364 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5365 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5366 D.setInvalidType(); 5367 } 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5372 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5373 // an error here 5374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5375 D.setInvalidType(); 5376 SC = SC_None; 5377 } 5378 5379 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5380 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5381 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5382 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5383 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5384 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5385 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5386 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5387 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5388 } 5389 5390 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5391 if (!II) { 5392 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5393 << Name; 5394 return nullptr; 5395 } 5396 5397 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5398 5399 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5400 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5401 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5402 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5403 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5404 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5405 D.setInvalidType(); 5406 } 5407 } 5408 5409 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5410 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5411 // OpenCL __local address space. 5412 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5413 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5414 } 5415 5416 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5417 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5418 // space qualifiers. 5419 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5420 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5421 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5422 } 5423 5424 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5425 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5426 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5427 // address space qualifiers. 5428 if (R->isEventT()) { 5429 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5430 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5431 D.setInvalidType(); 5432 } 5433 5434 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5435 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5436 D.setInvalidType(); 5437 } 5438 } 5439 } 5440 5441 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5442 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5443 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5444 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5445 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5446 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5447 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5448 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5449 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5450 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5451 R, TInfo, SC); 5452 5453 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5454 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5455 } else { 5456 bool Invalid = false; 5457 5458 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5459 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5460 switch (SC) { 5461 case SC_None: 5462 break; 5463 case SC_Static: 5464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5465 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5467 break; 5468 case SC_Auto: 5469 case SC_Register: 5470 case SC_Extern: 5471 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5472 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5473 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5474 // of class members 5475 5476 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5477 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5478 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5479 break; 5480 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5481 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5482 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5483 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5484 } 5485 } 5486 5487 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5488 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5489 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5490 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5491 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5492 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5493 5494 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5495 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5496 if (RD->isUnion()) 5497 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5498 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5499 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5500 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5501 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5502 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5503 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5504 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5505 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5510 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5511 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5512 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5513 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5514 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5515 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5516 : nullptr, 5517 TemplateParamLists, 5518 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5519 5520 if (TemplateParams) { 5521 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5522 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5523 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5524 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5525 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5526 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5527 << II 5528 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5529 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5530 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5531 } else { 5532 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5533 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5534 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5535 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5536 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5537 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5538 // This is a template declaration. 5539 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5540 5541 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5542 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5543 return nullptr; 5544 5545 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5547 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5548 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5549 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5550 } 5551 } 5552 } else { 5553 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5554 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5555 } 5556 5557 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5558 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5559 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5560 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5561 : SourceLocation(); 5562 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5563 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5564 IsPartialSpecialization); 5565 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5566 return nullptr; 5567 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5568 AddToScope = false; 5569 } else 5570 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5571 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5572 5573 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5574 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5575 NewTemplate = 5576 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5577 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5578 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5579 } 5580 5581 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5582 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5583 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5584 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5585 5586 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5587 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5588 if (NewTemplate) 5589 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5590 } 5591 5592 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5593 5594 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5595 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5596 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5597 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5598 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5599 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5600 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5601 5602 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5603 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5604 } 5605 5606 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5607 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5608 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5609 if (NewTemplate) 5610 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5611 5612 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5613 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5614 5615 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5616 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5617 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5618 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5619 // explicitly. 5620 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5621 // 'extern'. 5622 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5623 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5624 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5625 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5626 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5627 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5628 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5629 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5630 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5631 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5632 else 5633 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5634 } 5635 5636 // C99 6.7.4p3 5637 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5638 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5639 // thread storage duration... 5640 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5641 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5642 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5643 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5644 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5645 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5646 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5647 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5648 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5649 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5650 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5651 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5652 } 5653 } 5654 5655 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5656 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5657 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5658 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5659 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5660 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5661 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5662 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5663 << 2 5664 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5665 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5666 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5667 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5668 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5670 else { 5671 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5672 if (NewTemplate) 5673 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5674 } 5675 } 5676 5677 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5678 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5679 5680 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5681 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5682 // storage [duration]." 5683 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5684 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5685 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5686 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5687 } 5688 } 5689 5690 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5691 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5692 // check the VarDecl itself. 5693 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5694 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5695 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5696 5697 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5698 // retainable type. 5699 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5700 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5701 5702 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5703 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5704 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5705 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5706 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5707 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5708 switch (SC) { 5709 case SC_None: 5710 case SC_Auto: 5711 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5712 break; 5713 case SC_Register: 5714 // Local Named register 5715 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5716 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5717 break; 5718 case SC_Static: 5719 case SC_Extern: 5720 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5721 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5722 break; 5723 } 5724 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5725 // Global Named register 5726 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5727 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5728 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5729 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5730 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5731 } 5732 } 5733 5734 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5735 Context, Label, 0)); 5736 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5737 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5738 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5739 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5740 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5741 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5742 } 5743 } 5744 5745 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5746 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5747 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5748 5749 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5750 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5751 // declaration has linkage). 5752 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5753 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5754 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5755 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5756 5757 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5758 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5760 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5761 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5762 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5763 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5764 5765 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5766 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5767 } else { 5768 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5769 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5770 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5771 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5772 5773 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5774 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5775 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5776 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5777 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5778 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5779 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5780 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5781 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5782 Previous.clear(); 5783 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5784 } 5785 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5786 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5787 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5788 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5789 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5790 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5791 } 5792 5793 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5794 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5795 5796 if (NewTemplate) { 5797 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5798 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5799 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5800 : nullptr; 5801 5802 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5803 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5804 // template declaration. 5805 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5806 TemplateParams, 5807 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5808 : nullptr, 5809 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5810 DC->isDependentContext()) 5811 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5812 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5813 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5814 5815 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5816 // template, make a note of that. 5817 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5818 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5819 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5820 } 5821 } 5822 5823 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5824 5825 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5826 // the map of such variables. 5827 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5828 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5829 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5830 5831 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5832 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5833 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5834 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5835 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5836 Context.setManglingNumber( 5837 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5838 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5839 } 5840 } 5841 5842 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5843 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5844 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5845 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5846 } 5847 5848 if (NewTemplate) { 5849 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5850 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5851 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5852 return NewTemplate; 5853 } 5854 5855 return NewVD; 5856 } 5857 5858 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5859 /// -Wshadow. 5860 /// 5861 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5862 /// scope. 5863 /// 5864 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5865 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5866 /// 5867 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5868 // Return if warning is ignored. 5869 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5870 return; 5871 5872 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5873 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5874 return; 5875 5876 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5877 5878 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5879 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5880 return; 5881 5882 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5883 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5884 return; 5885 5886 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5887 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5888 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5889 if (MD->isStatic()) 5890 return; 5891 5892 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5893 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5894 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5895 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5896 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5897 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5898 ShadowedDecl = I; 5899 break; 5900 } 5901 } 5902 5903 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5904 5905 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5906 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5907 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5908 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5909 return; 5910 5911 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5912 // static data members from base classes? 5913 5914 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5915 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5916 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5917 } 5918 5919 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5920 unsigned Kind; 5921 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5922 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5923 Kind = 3; // field 5924 else 5925 Kind = 2; // static data member 5926 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5927 Kind = 1; // global 5928 else 5929 Kind = 0; // local 5930 5931 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5932 5933 // Emit warning and note. 5934 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5935 return; 5936 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5937 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5938 } 5939 5940 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5941 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5942 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5943 return; 5944 5945 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5946 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5947 LookupName(R, S); 5948 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5949 } 5950 5951 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5952 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5953 template<typename T> 5954 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5955 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5956 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5957 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5958 5959 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5960 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5961 // declaration. 5962 return false; 5963 } 5964 5965 if (Prev) { 5966 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5967 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5968 // redeclaration. 5969 Previous.clear(); 5970 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5971 return true; 5972 } 5973 5974 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5975 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5976 // declaration. 5977 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5978 return false; 5979 } else { 5980 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5981 // translation unit which might conflict. 5982 if (IsGlobal) { 5983 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5984 IsGlobal = false; 5985 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5986 I != E; ++I) { 5987 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5988 Prev = *I; 5989 break; 5990 } 5991 } 5992 } else { 5993 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5994 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5995 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5996 I != E; ++I) { 5997 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5998 Prev = *I; 5999 break; 6000 } 6001 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6002 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6003 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6004 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6005 // diagnostic. 6006 } 6007 } 6008 6009 if (!Prev) 6010 return false; 6011 } 6012 6013 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6014 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6015 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6016 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6017 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6018 else 6019 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6020 6021 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6022 << IsGlobal << ND; 6023 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6024 << IsGlobal; 6025 return false; 6026 } 6027 6028 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6029 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6030 /// 6031 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6032 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6033 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6034 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6035 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6036 template<typename T> 6037 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6038 LookupResult &Previous) { 6039 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6040 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6041 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6042 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6043 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6044 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6045 Previous.clear(); 6046 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6047 return true; 6048 } 6049 } 6050 return false; 6051 } 6052 6053 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6054 // declaration. 6055 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6056 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6057 6058 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6059 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6060 // in another scope. 6061 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6062 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6063 6064 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6065 return false; 6066 } 6067 6068 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6069 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6070 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6071 return; 6072 6073 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6074 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6075 6076 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6077 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6078 return; 6079 6080 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6081 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6082 6083 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6085 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6086 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6087 NewVD->setType(T); 6088 } 6089 6090 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6091 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6092 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6093 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6094 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6095 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6096 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6097 return; 6098 } 6099 6100 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6101 // __constant address space. 6102 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6103 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6104 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6105 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6106 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6107 return; 6108 } 6109 6110 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6111 // scope. 6112 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6113 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6114 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6115 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6116 return; 6117 } 6118 6119 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6120 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6121 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6122 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6123 else { 6124 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6125 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6126 } 6127 } 6128 6129 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6130 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6131 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6132 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6133 6134 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6135 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6136 bool SizeIsNegative; 6137 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6138 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6139 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6140 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6141 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6142 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6143 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6144 // int a[10][n]; 6145 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6146 6147 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6148 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6149 << SizeRange; 6150 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6151 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6152 << SizeRange; 6153 else 6154 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6155 << SizeRange; 6156 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6157 return; 6158 } 6159 6160 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6161 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6162 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6163 else 6164 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6165 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6166 return; 6167 } 6168 6169 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6170 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6171 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6172 } 6173 6174 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6175 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6176 // of objects and functions. 6177 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6179 << T; 6180 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6181 return; 6182 } 6183 } 6184 6185 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6186 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6187 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6188 return; 6189 } 6190 6191 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6193 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6194 return; 6195 } 6196 6197 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6198 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6199 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6200 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6201 return; 6202 } 6203 } 6204 6205 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6206 /// declaration. 6207 /// 6208 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6209 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6210 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6211 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6212 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6213 /// 6214 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6215 /// 6216 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6217 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6218 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6219 6220 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6221 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6222 return false; 6223 6224 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6225 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6226 if (Previous.empty() && 6227 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6228 Previous.setShadowed(); 6229 6230 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6231 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6232 6233 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6234 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6235 return true; 6236 } 6237 return false; 6238 } 6239 6240 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6241 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6242 Sema *S; 6243 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6244 }; 6245 6246 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6247 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6248 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6249 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6250 CXXBasePath &Path, 6251 void *UserData) { 6252 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6253 6254 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6255 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6256 6257 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6258 6259 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6260 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6261 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6262 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6263 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6264 6265 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6266 } 6267 6268 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6269 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6270 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6271 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6272 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6273 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6274 return true; 6275 } 6276 } 6277 6278 return false; 6279 } 6280 6281 namespace { 6282 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6283 } 6284 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6285 /// overriden methods. 6286 /// 6287 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6288 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6289 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6290 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6291 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6292 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6293 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6294 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6295 I != E; ++I) { 6296 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6297 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6298 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6299 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6300 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6301 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6302 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6303 } 6304 } 6305 6306 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6307 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6308 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6309 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6310 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6311 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6312 Data.Method = MD; 6313 Data.S = this; 6314 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6315 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6316 bool AddedAny = false; 6317 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6318 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6319 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6320 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6321 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6322 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6323 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6324 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6325 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6326 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6327 AddedAny = true; 6328 } 6329 } 6330 } 6331 } 6332 6333 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6334 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6335 } 6336 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6337 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6338 } 6339 6340 return AddedAny; 6341 } 6342 6343 namespace { 6344 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6345 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6346 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6347 Scope *S; 6348 Declarator &D; 6349 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6350 bool AddToScope; 6351 }; 6352 } 6353 6354 namespace { 6355 6356 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6357 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6358 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6359 public: 6360 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6361 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6362 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6363 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6364 6365 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6366 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6367 return false; 6368 6369 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6370 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6371 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6372 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6373 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6374 6375 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6376 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6377 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6378 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6379 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6380 return true; 6381 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6382 return true; 6383 } 6384 } 6385 } 6386 6387 return false; 6388 } 6389 6390 private: 6391 ASTContext &Context; 6392 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6393 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6394 }; 6395 6396 } 6397 6398 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6399 /// 6400 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6401 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6402 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6403 /// the same name. 6404 /// 6405 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6406 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6407 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6408 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6409 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6410 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6411 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6412 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6413 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6414 TypoCorrection Correction; 6415 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6416 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6417 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6418 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6419 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6420 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6421 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6422 6423 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6424 if (IsLocalFriend) 6425 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6426 else 6427 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6428 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6429 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6430 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6431 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6432 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6433 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6434 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6435 if (FD && 6436 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6437 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6438 // involve a parameter 6439 unsigned ParamNum = 6440 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6441 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6442 } 6443 } 6444 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6445 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6446 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6447 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6448 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6449 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6450 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6451 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6452 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6453 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6454 Previous.clear(); 6455 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6456 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6457 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6458 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6459 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6460 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6461 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6462 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6463 } 6464 } 6465 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6466 6467 NamedDecl *Result; 6468 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6469 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6470 { 6471 // Trap errors. 6472 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6473 6474 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6475 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6476 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6477 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6478 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6479 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6480 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6481 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6482 6483 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6484 Result = nullptr; 6485 } 6486 6487 if (Result) { 6488 // Determine which correction we picked. 6489 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6490 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6491 I != E; ++I) 6492 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6493 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6494 6495 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6496 Correction, 6497 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6498 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6499 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6500 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6501 return Result; 6502 } 6503 6504 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6505 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6506 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6507 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6508 Previous.clear(); 6509 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6510 } 6511 6512 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6513 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6514 6515 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6516 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6517 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6518 6519 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6520 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6521 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6522 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6523 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6524 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6525 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6526 6527 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6528 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6529 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6530 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6531 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6532 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6533 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6534 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6535 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6536 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6537 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6538 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6539 } else 6540 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6541 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6542 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6543 } 6544 return nullptr; 6545 } 6546 6547 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6548 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6549 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6550 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6551 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6552 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6553 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6554 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6555 D.setInvalidType(); 6556 break; 6557 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6558 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6559 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6560 return SC_None; 6561 return SC_Extern; 6562 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6563 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6564 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6565 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6566 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6567 // other than extern 6568 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6569 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6570 diag::err_static_block_func); 6571 break; 6572 } else 6573 return SC_Static; 6574 } 6575 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6576 } 6577 6578 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6579 return SC_None; 6580 } 6581 6582 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6583 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6584 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6585 StorageClass SC, 6586 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6587 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6588 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6589 6590 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6591 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6592 6593 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6594 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6595 // prototype. This true when: 6596 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6597 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6598 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6599 bool HasPrototype = 6600 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6601 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6602 6603 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6604 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6605 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6606 HasPrototype, false); 6607 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6608 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6609 6610 // Set the lexical context. 6611 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6612 6613 return NewFD; 6614 } 6615 6616 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6617 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6618 6619 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6620 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6621 // the class has been completely parsed. 6622 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6623 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6624 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6625 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6626 D.setInvalidType(); 6627 6628 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6629 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6630 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6631 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6632 6633 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6634 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6635 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6636 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6637 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6638 isConstexpr); 6639 6640 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6641 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6642 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6643 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6644 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6645 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6646 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6647 D.getLocStart(), 6648 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6649 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6650 6651 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6652 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6653 // it yet. 6654 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6655 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6656 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6657 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6658 } 6659 6660 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6661 return NewDD; 6662 6663 } else { 6664 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6665 D.setInvalidType(); 6666 6667 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6668 // code path. 6669 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6670 D.getLocStart(), 6671 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6672 SC, isInline, 6673 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6674 } 6675 6676 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6677 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6678 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6679 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6680 return nullptr; 6681 } 6682 6683 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6684 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6685 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6686 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6687 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6688 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6689 6690 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6691 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6692 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6693 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6694 // constructor if it has no return type). 6695 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6696 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6697 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6698 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6699 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6700 return nullptr; 6701 } 6702 6703 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6704 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6705 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6706 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6707 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6708 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6709 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6710 return Ret; 6711 } else { 6712 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6713 // prototype. This true when: 6714 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6715 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6716 D.getLocStart(), 6717 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6718 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6719 } 6720 } 6721 6722 enum OpenCLParamType { 6723 ValidKernelParam, 6724 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6725 PtrKernelParam, 6726 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6727 InvalidKernelParam, 6728 RecordKernelParam 6729 }; 6730 6731 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6732 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6733 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6734 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6735 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6736 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6737 : PtrKernelParam; 6738 } 6739 6740 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6741 // be used as builtin types. 6742 6743 if (PT->isImageType()) 6744 return PtrKernelParam; 6745 6746 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6747 return InvalidKernelParam; 6748 6749 if (PT->isEventT()) 6750 return InvalidKernelParam; 6751 6752 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6753 return InvalidKernelParam; 6754 6755 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6756 return RecordKernelParam; 6757 6758 return ValidKernelParam; 6759 } 6760 6761 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6762 Sema &S, 6763 Declarator &D, 6764 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6765 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6766 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6767 6768 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6769 // used again 6770 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6771 return; 6772 6773 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6774 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6775 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6776 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6777 // pointer to a pointer type. 6778 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6779 D.setInvalidType(); 6780 return; 6781 6782 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6783 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6784 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6785 // pointer to the private address space. 6786 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6787 D.setInvalidType(); 6788 return; 6789 6790 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6791 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6792 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6793 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6794 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6795 6796 case InvalidKernelParam: 6797 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6798 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6799 // of event_t type. 6800 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6801 D.setInvalidType(); 6802 return; 6803 6804 case PtrKernelParam: 6805 case ValidKernelParam: 6806 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6807 return; 6808 6809 case RecordKernelParam: 6810 break; 6811 } 6812 6813 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6814 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6815 6816 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6817 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6818 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6819 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6820 6821 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6822 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6823 6824 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6825 6826 do { 6827 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6828 if (!Next) { 6829 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6830 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6831 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6832 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6833 6834 continue; 6835 } 6836 6837 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6838 // field itself) to the history stack. 6839 const RecordDecl *RD; 6840 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6841 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6842 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6843 } else { 6844 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6845 } 6846 6847 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6848 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6849 6850 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6851 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6852 6853 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6854 continue; 6855 6856 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6857 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6858 continue; 6859 6860 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6861 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6862 continue; 6863 } 6864 6865 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6866 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6867 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6868 // union. 6869 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6870 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6871 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6872 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6873 << PT->isUnionType() 6874 << PT; 6875 } else { 6876 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6877 } 6878 6879 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6880 << PD->getDeclName(); 6881 6882 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6883 // the offending field came from 6884 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6885 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6886 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6887 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6888 << OuterField->getType(); 6889 } 6890 6891 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6892 << QT->isPointerType() 6893 << QT; 6894 D.setInvalidType(); 6895 return; 6896 } 6897 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6898 } 6899 6900 NamedDecl* 6901 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6902 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6903 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6904 bool &AddToScope) { 6905 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6906 6907 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6908 6909 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6910 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6911 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6912 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6913 6914 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6915 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6916 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6917 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6918 6919 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6920 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6921 6922 bool isFriend = false; 6923 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6924 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6925 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6926 6927 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6928 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6929 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6930 6931 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6932 6933 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6934 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6935 6936 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6937 isVirtualOkay); 6938 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6939 6940 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6941 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6942 6943 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6944 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6945 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6946 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6947 6948 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6949 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6950 6951 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6952 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6953 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6954 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6955 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6956 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6957 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6958 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6959 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6960 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6961 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6962 } 6963 6964 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6965 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6966 // return true). 6967 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6968 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6969 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6970 NewFD->setPure(true); 6971 } 6972 6973 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6974 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6975 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6976 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6977 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6978 6979 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6980 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6981 bool Invalid = false; 6982 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6983 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6984 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6985 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6986 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6987 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6988 : nullptr, 6989 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6990 Invalid)) { 6991 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6992 // This is a function template 6993 6994 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6995 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6996 return nullptr; 6997 6998 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6999 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7000 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7001 return nullptr; 7002 } 7003 7004 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7005 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7006 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7007 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7008 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7009 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7010 Invalid = true; 7011 } 7012 7013 7014 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7015 NewFD->getLocation(), 7016 Name, TemplateParams, 7017 NewFD); 7018 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7019 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7020 7021 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7022 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7023 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7024 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7025 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7026 } 7027 } else { 7028 // This is a function template specialization. 7029 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7030 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7031 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7032 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7033 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7034 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7035 7036 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7037 if (isFriend) { 7038 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7039 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7040 7041 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7042 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7043 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7044 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7045 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7046 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7047 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7048 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7049 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7050 } 7051 7052 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7053 << Name << RemoveRange 7054 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7055 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7056 } 7057 } 7058 } 7059 else { 7060 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7061 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7062 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7063 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7064 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7065 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7066 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7067 } 7068 7069 if (Invalid) { 7070 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7071 if (FunctionTemplate) 7072 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7073 } 7074 7075 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7076 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7077 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7078 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7079 // 7080 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7081 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7082 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7083 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7084 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7085 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7086 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7087 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7088 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7089 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7090 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7091 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7092 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7093 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7094 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7095 } else { 7096 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7097 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7098 } 7099 7100 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7101 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7102 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7103 } 7104 7105 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7106 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7107 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7108 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7109 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7110 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7111 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7112 // thing to do. 7113 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7114 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7115 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7116 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7117 QualType Result = 7118 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7119 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7120 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7121 } 7122 7123 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7124 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7125 // declaration. 7126 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7127 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7128 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7129 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7130 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7131 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7132 } 7133 } 7134 7135 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7136 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7137 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7138 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7139 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7140 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7141 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7142 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7143 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7144 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7145 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7146 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7147 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7148 // or conversion function. 7149 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7150 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7151 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7152 } 7153 } 7154 7155 if (isConstexpr) { 7156 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7157 // are implicitly inline. 7158 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7159 7160 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7161 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7162 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7163 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7164 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7165 } 7166 7167 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7168 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7169 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7170 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7171 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7172 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7173 << 0 7174 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7175 } else { 7176 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7177 if (FunctionTemplate) 7178 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7179 } 7180 } 7181 7182 if (isFriend) { 7183 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7184 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7185 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7186 } 7187 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7188 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7189 } 7190 7191 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7192 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7193 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7194 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7195 case FDK_Declaration: 7196 case FDK_Definition: 7197 break; 7198 7199 case FDK_Defaulted: 7200 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7201 break; 7202 7203 case FDK_Deleted: 7204 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7205 break; 7206 } 7207 7208 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7209 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7210 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7211 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7212 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7213 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7214 } 7215 7216 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7217 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7218 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7219 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7220 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7221 // the class. 7222 7223 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7224 // member function definition. 7225 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7226 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7227 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7228 } 7229 7230 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7231 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7232 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7233 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7234 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7235 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7236 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7237 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7238 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7239 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7240 } 7241 7242 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7243 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7244 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7245 isExplicitSpecialization || 7246 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7247 7248 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7249 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7250 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7251 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7252 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7253 SE->getString(), 0)); 7254 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7255 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7256 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7257 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7258 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7259 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7260 } 7261 } 7262 7263 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7264 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7265 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7266 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7267 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7268 7269 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7270 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7271 // single void argument. 7272 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7273 // already checks for that case. 7274 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7275 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7276 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7277 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7278 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7279 Params.push_back(Param); 7280 7281 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7282 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7283 } 7284 } 7285 7286 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7287 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7288 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7289 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7290 // 7291 // @code 7292 // typedef void fn(int); 7293 // fn f; 7294 // @endcode 7295 7296 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7297 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7298 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7299 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7300 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7301 Params.push_back(Param); 7302 } 7303 } else { 7304 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7305 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7306 } 7307 7308 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7309 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7310 7311 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7312 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7313 // 7314 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7315 // 7316 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7317 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7318 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7319 7320 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7321 NewFD->addAttr( 7322 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7323 Context, 0)); 7324 7325 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7326 // because all functions have linkage. 7327 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7328 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7329 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7330 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7331 } 7332 7333 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7334 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7335 NewFD->addAttr( 7336 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7337 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7338 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7339 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7340 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7341 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7342 NewFD)) 7343 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7344 } 7345 7346 // Handle attributes. 7347 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7348 7349 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7350 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7351 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7352 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7353 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7354 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7355 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7356 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7357 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7358 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7359 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7360 } 7361 7362 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7363 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7364 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7365 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7366 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7367 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7368 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7369 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7370 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7371 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7372 } 7373 } 7374 7375 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7376 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7377 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7378 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7379 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7380 7381 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7382 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7383 7384 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7385 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7386 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7387 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7388 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7389 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7390 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7391 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7392 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7393 7394 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7395 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7396 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7397 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7398 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7399 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7400 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7401 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7402 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7403 int DiagID = 7404 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7405 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7406 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7407 } 7408 } 7409 } else { 7410 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7411 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7412 // 7413 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7414 // 7415 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7416 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7417 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7418 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7419 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7420 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7421 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7422 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7423 7424 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7425 // argument list into our AST format. 7426 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7427 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7428 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7429 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7430 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7431 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7432 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7433 TemplateArgs); 7434 7435 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7436 7437 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7438 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7439 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7440 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7441 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7442 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7443 7444 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7445 } else { 7446 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7447 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7448 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7449 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7450 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7451 } 7452 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7453 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7454 // wrote something like: 7455 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7456 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7457 // friend void foo<>(int); 7458 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7459 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7460 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7461 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7462 } 7463 7464 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7465 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7466 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7467 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7468 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7469 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7470 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7471 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7472 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7473 InstantiationDependent))) { 7474 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7475 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7476 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7477 Previous)) 7478 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7479 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7480 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7481 && !isFriend) { 7482 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7483 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7484 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7485 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7486 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7487 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7488 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7489 : nullptr), 7490 Previous)) 7491 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7492 7493 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7494 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7495 // specialization (14.7.3) 7496 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7497 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7498 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7499 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7500 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7501 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7502 << SC 7503 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7504 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7505 7506 else 7507 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7508 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7510 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7511 } 7512 7513 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7514 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7515 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7516 } 7517 7518 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7519 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7520 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7521 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7522 7523 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7524 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7525 7526 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7527 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7528 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7529 } 7530 7531 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7532 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7533 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7534 7535 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7536 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7537 : NewFD); 7538 7539 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7540 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7541 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7542 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7543 7544 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7545 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7546 } 7547 7548 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7549 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7550 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7551 7552 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7553 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7554 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7555 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7556 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7557 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7558 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7559 : nullptr, 7560 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7561 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7562 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7563 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7564 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7565 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7566 DC->isDependentContext()) 7567 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7568 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7569 } 7570 7571 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7572 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7573 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7574 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7575 AddToScope }; 7576 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7577 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7578 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7579 7580 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7581 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7582 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7583 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7584 7585 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7586 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7587 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7588 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7589 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7590 // can actually do this check immediately. 7591 if (isFriend && 7592 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7593 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7594 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7595 // ignore these 7596 } else { 7597 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7598 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7599 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7600 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7601 // 7602 // class X { 7603 // void f() const; 7604 // }; 7605 // 7606 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7607 // 7608 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7609 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7610 // whether the parameter types are references). 7611 7612 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7613 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7614 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7615 return Result; 7616 } 7617 } 7618 7619 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7620 // to something. 7621 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7622 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7623 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7624 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7625 return Result; 7626 } 7627 } 7628 7629 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7630 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7631 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7632 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7633 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7634 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7635 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7636 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7637 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7638 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7639 // generate them. 7640 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7641 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7642 } 7643 } 7644 7645 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7646 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7647 7648 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7649 7650 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7651 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7652 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7653 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7654 << NewFD; 7655 7656 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7657 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7658 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7659 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7660 EPI.Variadic = true; 7661 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7662 7663 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7664 NewFD->setType(R); 7665 } 7666 7667 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7668 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7669 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7670 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7671 7672 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7673 // marking the function. 7674 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7675 7676 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7677 // a pragma. 7678 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7679 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7680 7681 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7682 // the map of such variables. 7683 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7684 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7685 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7686 7687 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7688 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7689 7690 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7691 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7692 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7693 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7694 } 7695 7696 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7697 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7698 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7699 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7700 return FunctionTemplate; 7701 } 7702 } 7703 7704 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7705 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7706 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7707 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7708 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7709 D.setInvalidType(); 7710 } 7711 7712 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7713 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7714 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7715 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7716 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7717 : FixItHint()); 7718 D.setInvalidType(); 7719 } 7720 7721 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7722 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7723 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7724 } 7725 7726 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7727 7728 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7729 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7730 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7731 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7732 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7733 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7734 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7735 7736 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7737 } 7738 } 7739 7740 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7741 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7742 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7743 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7744 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7745 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7746 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7747 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7748 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7749 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7750 AddToScope = false; 7751 } 7752 7753 return NewFD; 7754 } 7755 7756 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7757 /// 7758 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7759 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7760 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7761 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7762 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7763 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7764 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7765 /// 7766 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7767 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7768 /// 7769 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7770 /// 7771 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7772 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7773 LookupResult &Previous, 7774 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7775 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7776 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7777 7778 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7779 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7780 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7781 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7782 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7783 7784 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7785 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7786 7787 bool Redeclaration = false; 7788 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7789 7790 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7791 // the same name, if appropriate. 7792 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7793 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7794 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7795 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7796 // function to the scope. 7797 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7798 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7799 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7800 Redeclaration = true; 7801 OldDecl = Candidate; 7802 } 7803 } else { 7804 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7805 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7806 case Ovl_Match: 7807 Redeclaration = true; 7808 break; 7809 7810 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7811 Redeclaration = true; 7812 break; 7813 7814 case Ovl_Overload: 7815 Redeclaration = false; 7816 break; 7817 } 7818 7819 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7820 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7821 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7822 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7823 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7824 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7825 if (Redeclaration) 7826 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7827 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7828 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7829 if (OverloadedDecl) 7830 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7831 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7832 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7833 } 7834 } 7835 } 7836 7837 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7838 if (!Redeclaration && 7839 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7840 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7841 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7842 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7843 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7844 Redeclaration = true; 7845 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7846 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7847 7848 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7849 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7850 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7851 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7852 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7853 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7854 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7855 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7856 } 7857 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7858 Redeclaration = false; 7859 OldDecl = nullptr; 7860 } 7861 } 7862 } 7863 } 7864 7865 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7866 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7867 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7868 // 7869 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7870 // definition of a static member function. 7871 // 7872 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7873 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7874 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7875 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7876 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7877 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7878 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7879 if (OldDecl) 7880 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7881 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7882 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7883 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7884 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7885 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7886 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7887 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7888 7889 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7890 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7891 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7892 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7893 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7894 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7895 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7896 7897 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7898 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7899 } 7900 } 7901 } 7902 7903 if (Redeclaration) { 7904 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7905 // merged. 7906 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7907 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7908 return Redeclaration; 7909 } 7910 7911 Previous.clear(); 7912 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7913 7914 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7915 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7916 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7917 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7918 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7919 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7920 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7921 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7922 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7923 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7924 } 7925 7926 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7927 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7928 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7929 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7930 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7931 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7932 } 7933 7934 } else { 7935 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7936 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7937 7938 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7939 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7940 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7941 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7942 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7943 7944 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7945 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7946 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7947 7948 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7949 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7950 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7951 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7952 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7953 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7954 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7955 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7956 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7957 } 7958 } 7959 } 7960 } 7961 } 7962 7963 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7964 7965 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7966 // C++-specific checks. 7967 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7968 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7969 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7970 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7971 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7972 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7973 7974 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7975 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7976 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7977 DeclarationName Name 7978 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7979 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7980 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7981 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7982 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7983 return Redeclaration; 7984 } 7985 } 7986 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7987 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7988 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7989 } 7990 7991 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7992 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7993 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7994 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7995 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7996 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7997 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7998 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7999 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8000 } 8001 } 8002 } 8003 8004 if (Method->isStatic()) 8005 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8006 } 8007 8008 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8009 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8010 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8012 return Redeclaration; 8013 } 8014 8015 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8016 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8017 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8018 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8019 return Redeclaration; 8020 } 8021 8022 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8023 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8024 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8025 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8026 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8027 8028 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8029 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8030 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8031 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8032 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8033 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8034 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8035 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8036 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8037 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8038 } 8039 } 8040 8041 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8042 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8043 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8044 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8045 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 8046 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8047 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8048 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8049 << NewFD << R; 8050 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8051 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8052 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8053 } 8054 } 8055 return Redeclaration; 8056 } 8057 8058 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8059 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8060 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8061 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8062 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8063 // appear in a declaration of main. 8064 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8065 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8066 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8067 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8068 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8069 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8070 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8071 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8072 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8073 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8074 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8075 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8076 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8077 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8078 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8079 } 8080 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8081 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8082 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8083 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8084 } 8085 8086 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8088 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8090 return; 8091 } 8092 8093 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8094 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8095 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8096 8097 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8098 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8099 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8100 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8101 8102 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8103 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8104 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8105 else { 8106 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8107 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8108 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8109 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8110 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8111 } 8112 } else { 8113 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8114 // set the flag which tells us that. 8115 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8116 8117 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8118 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8119 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8120 else { 8121 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8122 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8123 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8124 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8125 : FixItHint()); 8126 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8127 } 8128 } 8129 8130 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8131 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8132 8133 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8134 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8135 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8136 8137 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8138 8139 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8140 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8141 // getting shifty. 8142 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8143 HasExtraParameters = false; 8144 8145 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8146 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8147 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8148 nparams = 3; 8149 } 8150 8151 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8152 // if we had some location information about types. 8153 8154 QualType CharPP = 8155 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8156 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8157 8158 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8159 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8160 8161 bool mismatch = true; 8162 8163 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8164 mismatch = false; 8165 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8166 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8167 // char const ** 8168 // char const * const * 8169 // char * const * 8170 8171 QualifierCollector qs; 8172 const PointerType* PT; 8173 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8174 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8175 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8176 Context.CharTy)) { 8177 qs.removeConst(); 8178 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8179 } 8180 } 8181 8182 if (mismatch) { 8183 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8184 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8185 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8186 } 8187 } 8188 8189 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8190 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8191 } 8192 8193 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8194 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8195 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8196 } 8197 } 8198 8199 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8200 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8201 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8202 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8203 8204 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8205 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8206 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8207 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8208 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8209 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8210 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8211 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8212 8213 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8214 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8215 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8216 } 8217 } 8218 8219 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8220 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8221 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8222 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8223 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8224 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8225 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8226 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8227 // rules there don't matter.) 8228 const Expr *Culprit; 8229 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8230 return false; 8231 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8232 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8233 return true; 8234 } 8235 8236 namespace { 8237 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8238 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8239 class SelfReferenceChecker 8240 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8241 Sema &S; 8242 Decl *OrigDecl; 8243 bool isRecordType; 8244 bool isPODType; 8245 bool isReferenceType; 8246 8247 bool isInitList; 8248 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8249 public: 8250 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8251 8252 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8253 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8254 isPODType = false; 8255 isRecordType = false; 8256 isReferenceType = false; 8257 isInitList = false; 8258 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8259 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8260 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8261 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8262 } 8263 } 8264 8265 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8266 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8267 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8268 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8269 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8270 if (!InitList) { 8271 Visit(E); 8272 return; 8273 } 8274 8275 // Track and increment the index here. 8276 isInitList = true; 8277 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8278 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8279 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8280 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8281 } 8282 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8283 } 8284 8285 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8286 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8287 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8288 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8289 Expr *Base = E; 8290 bool ReferenceField = false; 8291 8292 // Get the field memebers used. 8293 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8294 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8295 if (!FD) 8296 return false; 8297 Fields.push_back(FD); 8298 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8299 ReferenceField = true; 8300 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8301 } 8302 8303 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8304 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8305 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8306 return false; 8307 8308 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8309 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8310 return true; 8311 8312 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8313 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8314 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8315 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8316 } 8317 8318 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8319 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8320 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8321 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8322 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8323 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8324 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8325 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8326 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8327 return true; 8328 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8329 break; 8330 } 8331 8332 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8333 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8334 return true; 8335 } 8336 8337 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8338 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8339 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8340 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8341 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8342 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8343 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8344 return; 8345 } 8346 8347 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8348 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8349 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8350 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8351 return; 8352 } 8353 8354 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8355 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8356 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8357 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8358 return; 8359 } 8360 8361 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8362 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8363 return; 8364 } 8365 8366 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8367 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8368 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8369 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8370 return; 8371 } 8372 } 8373 8374 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8375 if (isInitList) { 8376 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8377 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8378 return; 8379 } 8380 8381 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8382 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8383 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8384 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8385 return; 8386 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8387 } 8388 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8389 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8390 return; 8391 } 8392 8393 Visit(E); 8394 } 8395 8396 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8397 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8398 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8399 if (isReferenceType) 8400 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8401 } 8402 8403 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8404 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8405 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8406 return; 8407 } 8408 8409 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8410 } 8411 8412 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8413 if (isInitList) { 8414 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8415 return; 8416 } 8417 8418 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8419 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8420 8421 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8422 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8423 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8424 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8425 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8426 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8427 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8428 Warn = false; 8429 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8430 } 8431 8432 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8433 if (Warn) 8434 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8435 return; 8436 } 8437 8438 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8439 // Visit that expression. 8440 Visit(Base); 8441 } 8442 8443 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8444 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8445 8446 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8447 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8448 8449 Visit(Callee); 8450 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8451 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8452 } 8453 8454 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8455 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8456 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8457 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8458 if (!isPODType) 8459 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8460 return; 8461 } 8462 8463 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8464 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8465 return; 8466 } 8467 8468 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8469 } 8470 8471 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8472 8473 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8474 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8475 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8476 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8477 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8478 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8479 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8480 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8481 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8482 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8483 return; 8484 } 8485 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8486 } 8487 8488 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8489 // Treat std::move as a use. 8490 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8491 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8492 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8493 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8494 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8495 return; 8496 } 8497 } 8498 } 8499 8500 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8501 } 8502 8503 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8504 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8505 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8506 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8507 return; 8508 } 8509 8510 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8511 } 8512 8513 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8514 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8515 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8516 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8517 Visit(E->getCond()); 8518 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8519 } 8520 8521 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8522 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8523 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8524 unsigned diag; 8525 if (isReferenceType) { 8526 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8527 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8528 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8529 } else { 8530 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8531 } 8532 8533 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8534 S.PDiag(diag) 8535 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8536 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8537 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8538 } 8539 }; 8540 8541 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8542 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8543 bool DirectInit) { 8544 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8545 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8546 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8547 return; 8548 8549 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8550 8551 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8552 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8553 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8554 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8555 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8556 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8557 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8558 return; 8559 8560 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8561 } 8562 } 8563 8564 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8565 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8566 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8567 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8568 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8569 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8570 // the initializer. 8571 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8572 return; 8573 8574 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8575 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8576 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8577 // Thus this grotesque test. 8578 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8579 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8580 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8581 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8582 else { 8583 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8584 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8585 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8586 } 8587 return; 8588 } 8589 8590 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8591 if (!VDecl) { 8592 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8593 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8594 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8595 return; 8596 } 8597 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8598 8599 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8600 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8601 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8602 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8603 // contains exactly one expression. 8604 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8605 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8606 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8607 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8608 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8609 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8610 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8611 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8612 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8613 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8614 return; 8615 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8616 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8617 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8618 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8619 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8620 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8621 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8622 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8623 return; 8624 } else { 8625 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8626 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8627 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8628 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8629 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8630 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8631 } 8632 } 8633 8634 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8635 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8636 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8637 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8638 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8639 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8640 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8641 return; 8642 } 8643 Init = Result.get(); 8644 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8645 } 8646 8647 QualType DeducedType; 8648 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8649 DAR_Failed) 8650 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8651 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8652 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8653 return; 8654 } 8655 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8656 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8657 8658 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8659 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8660 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8661 8662 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8663 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8664 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8665 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8666 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8667 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8668 SourceLocation Loc = 8669 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8670 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8671 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8672 } 8673 8674 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8675 // the previously declared type. 8676 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8677 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8678 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8679 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8680 } 8681 8682 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8683 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8684 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8685 return; 8686 } 8687 8688 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8689 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8690 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8691 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8692 return; 8693 } 8694 8695 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8696 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8697 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8698 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8699 return; 8700 } 8701 8702 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8703 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8704 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8705 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8706 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8707 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8708 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8709 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8710 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8711 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8712 return; 8713 } 8714 8715 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8716 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8717 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8718 AbstractVariableType)) 8719 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8720 } 8721 8722 const VarDecl *Def; 8723 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8724 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8725 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8726 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8727 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8728 return; 8729 } 8730 8731 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8733 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8734 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8735 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8736 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8737 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8738 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8739 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8740 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8741 // 8742 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8743 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8744 // declaration with an initializer. 8745 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8746 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8747 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8748 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8749 return; 8750 } 8751 8752 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8753 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8754 8755 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8756 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8757 return; 8758 } 8759 } 8760 8761 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8762 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8763 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8764 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8765 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8766 return; 8767 } 8768 8769 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8770 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8771 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8772 8773 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8774 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8775 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8776 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8777 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8778 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8779 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8780 return; 8781 } 8782 Init = Result.get(); 8783 } 8784 8785 // Perform the initialization. 8786 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8787 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8788 InitializationKind Kind 8789 = DirectInit ? 8790 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8791 Init->getLocStart(), 8792 Init->getLocEnd()) 8793 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8794 VDecl->getLocation()) 8795 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8796 Init->getLocStart()); 8797 8798 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8799 if (CXXDirectInit) 8800 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8801 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8802 8803 // Try to correct any TypoExprs if there might be some in the initialization 8804 // arguments (TypoExprs are marked as type-dependent). 8805 // TODO: Handle typo correction when there's more than one argument? 8806 if (Args.size() == 1 && Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) { 8807 ExprResult Res = 8808 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[0], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8809 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8810 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8811 }); 8812 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8813 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8814 return; 8815 } 8816 if (Res.get() != Args[0]) 8817 Args[0] = Res.get(); 8818 } 8819 8820 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8821 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8822 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8823 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8824 return; 8825 } 8826 8827 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8828 } 8829 8830 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8831 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8832 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8833 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8834 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8835 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8836 } 8837 8838 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8839 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8840 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8841 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8842 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8843 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8844 8845 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8846 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8847 8848 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8849 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8850 8851 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8852 // Although this code can still have problems: 8853 // id x = self.weakProp; 8854 // id y = self.weakProp; 8855 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8856 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8857 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8858 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8859 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8860 Init->getLocStart())) 8861 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8862 } 8863 8864 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8865 // 8866 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8867 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8868 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8869 // 8870 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8871 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8872 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8873 // 8874 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8875 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8876 false, 8877 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8878 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8879 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8880 return; 8881 } 8882 Init = Result.get(); 8883 8884 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8885 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8886 8887 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8888 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8889 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8890 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8891 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8892 const Expr *Culprit; 8893 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8894 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8895 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8896 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8897 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8898 // constant expressions. 8899 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8900 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8901 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8902 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8903 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8904 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8905 } 8906 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8907 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8908 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8909 // 8910 // struct S { 8911 // static const int value = 17; 8912 // }; 8913 8914 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8915 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8916 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8917 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8918 // 8919 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8920 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8921 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8922 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8923 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8924 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8925 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8926 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8927 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8928 8929 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8930 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8931 8932 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8933 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8934 // type. 8935 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8936 8937 // Require constness. 8938 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8939 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8940 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8941 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8942 8943 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8944 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8945 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8946 SourceLocation Loc; 8947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8948 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8949 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8950 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8951 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8952 ; // Nothing to check. 8953 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8954 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8955 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8956 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8957 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8958 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8959 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8960 } else { 8961 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8962 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8964 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8965 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8966 } 8967 8968 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8969 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8970 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8971 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8972 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8973 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8974 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8975 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8976 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8977 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8978 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8979 } else { 8980 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8981 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8982 8983 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8984 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8985 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8986 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8987 } 8988 } 8989 8990 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8991 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8992 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8993 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8994 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8995 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8996 8997 } else { 8998 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8999 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9000 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9001 } 9002 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9003 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9004 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9005 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9006 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9007 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9008 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9009 9010 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9011 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9012 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9013 } 9014 9015 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9016 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9017 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9018 // 9019 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9020 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9021 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9022 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9023 // special case code. 9024 9025 // C++ 8.5p11: 9026 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9027 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9028 // class type. 9029 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9030 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9031 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9032 } else if (DirectInit) { 9033 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9034 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9035 } 9036 9037 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9038 } 9039 9040 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9041 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9042 /// of sanity. 9043 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9044 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9045 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9046 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9047 9048 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9049 if (!VD) return; 9050 9051 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9052 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9053 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9054 return; 9055 } 9056 9057 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9058 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9059 9060 // Require a complete type. 9061 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9062 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9063 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9064 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9065 return; 9066 } 9067 9068 // Require a non-abstract type. 9069 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9070 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9071 AbstractVariableType)) { 9072 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9073 return; 9074 } 9075 9076 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9077 // though. 9078 } 9079 9080 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9081 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9082 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9083 if (!RealDecl) 9084 return; 9085 9086 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9087 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9088 9089 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9090 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9091 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9092 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9093 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9094 return; 9095 } 9096 9097 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9098 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9099 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9100 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9101 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9102 // member. 9103 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9104 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9105 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9106 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9107 << Var->getDeclName(); 9108 else 9109 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9110 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9111 return; 9112 } 9113 9114 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9115 // be initialized. 9116 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9117 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9118 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9119 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9120 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9121 return; 9122 } 9123 9124 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9125 case VarDecl::Definition: 9126 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9127 break; 9128 9129 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9130 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9131 // a declaration. 9132 // 9133 // Fall through 9134 9135 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9136 // It's only a declaration. 9137 9138 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9139 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9140 // object shall be complete. 9141 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9142 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9143 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9144 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9145 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9146 9147 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9148 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9149 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9150 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9151 AbstractVariableType)) 9152 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9153 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9154 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9155 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9156 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9157 } 9158 9159 return; 9160 9161 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9162 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9163 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9164 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9165 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9166 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9167 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9168 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9169 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9170 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9171 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9172 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9173 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9174 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9175 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9176 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9177 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9178 // NOTE: code such as the following 9179 // static struct s; 9180 // struct s { int a; }; 9181 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9182 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9183 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9184 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9185 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9186 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9187 } 9188 } 9189 9190 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9191 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9192 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9193 return; 9194 } 9195 9196 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9197 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9198 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9199 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9200 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9201 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9202 return; 9203 } 9204 9205 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9206 // definitions with reference type. 9207 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9208 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9209 << Var->getDeclName() 9210 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9211 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9212 return; 9213 } 9214 9215 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9216 // variable with dependent type. 9217 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9218 return; 9219 9220 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9221 return; 9222 9223 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9224 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9225 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9226 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9227 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9228 return; 9229 } 9230 } 9231 9232 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9233 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9234 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9235 AbstractVariableType)) { 9236 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9237 return; 9238 } 9239 9240 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9241 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9242 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9243 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9244 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9245 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9246 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9247 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9248 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9249 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9250 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9251 if (const RecordType *Record 9252 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9253 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9254 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9255 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9256 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9257 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9258 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9259 } 9260 } 9261 9262 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9263 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9264 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9265 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9266 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9267 // type shall have a user-declared default 9268 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9269 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9270 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9271 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9272 // program is ill-formed. 9273 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9274 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9275 // default-initialized; [...]. 9276 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9277 InitializationKind Kind 9278 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9279 9280 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9281 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9282 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9283 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9284 else if (Init.get()) { 9285 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9286 // This is important for template substitution. 9287 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9288 } 9289 9290 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9291 } 9292 } 9293 9294 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9295 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9296 if (!VD) { 9297 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9298 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9299 return; 9300 } 9301 9302 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9303 9304 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9305 int Error = -1; 9306 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9307 case SC_None: 9308 break; 9309 case SC_Extern: 9310 Error = 0; 9311 break; 9312 case SC_Static: 9313 Error = 1; 9314 break; 9315 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9316 Error = 2; 9317 break; 9318 case SC_Auto: 9319 Error = 3; 9320 break; 9321 case SC_Register: 9322 Error = 4; 9323 break; 9324 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9325 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9326 } 9327 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9328 Error = 5; 9329 if (Error != -1) { 9330 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9331 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9332 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9333 } 9334 } 9335 9336 StmtResult 9337 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9338 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9339 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9340 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9341 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9342 // A range-based for statement of the form 9343 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9344 // is equivalent to 9345 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9346 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9347 9348 const char *PrevSpec; 9349 unsigned DiagID; 9350 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9351 getPrintingPolicy()); 9352 9353 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9354 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9355 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9356 9357 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9358 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9359 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9360 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9361 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9362 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9363 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9364 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9365 } 9366 9367 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9368 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9369 9370 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9371 // local retaining variable. 9372 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9373 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9374 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9375 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9376 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9377 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9378 break; 9379 9380 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9381 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9382 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9383 break; 9384 } 9385 } 9386 9387 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9388 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9389 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9390 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9391 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9392 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9393 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9394 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9395 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9396 var->getLocation())) { 9397 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9398 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9399 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9400 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9401 9402 if (!prev) 9403 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9404 } 9405 9406 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9407 const Expr *Culprit; 9408 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9409 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9410 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9411 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9412 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9413 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9414 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9415 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9416 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9417 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9418 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9419 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9420 // initialization. 9421 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9422 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9423 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9424 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9425 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9426 } 9427 9428 } 9429 9430 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9431 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9432 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9433 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9434 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9435 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9436 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9437 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9438 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9439 } else { 9440 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9441 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9442 } 9443 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9444 var->addAttr( 9445 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9446 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9447 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9448 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9449 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9450 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9451 9452 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9453 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9454 // attribute. 9455 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9456 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9457 CurInitSegLoc)); 9458 } 9459 9460 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9461 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9462 9463 QualType type = var->getType(); 9464 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9465 9466 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9467 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9468 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9469 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9470 9471 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9472 // constructing this copy. 9473 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9474 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9475 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9476 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9477 ExprResult result 9478 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9479 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9480 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9481 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9482 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9483 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9484 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9485 } 9486 } 9487 } 9488 9489 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9490 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9491 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9492 9493 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9494 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9495 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9496 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9497 var->getLocation())) { 9498 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9499 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9500 // warned about them. 9501 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9502 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9503 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9504 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9505 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9506 } 9507 9508 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9509 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9510 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9511 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9512 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9513 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9514 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9515 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9516 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9517 Notes.clear(); 9518 } 9519 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9520 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9521 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9522 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9523 } 9524 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9525 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9526 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9527 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9528 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9529 } 9530 } 9531 9532 // Require the destructor. 9533 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9534 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9535 } 9536 9537 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9538 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9539 void 9540 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9541 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9542 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9543 9544 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9545 if (!VD) 9546 return; 9547 9548 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9549 9550 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9551 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9552 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9553 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9554 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9555 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9556 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9557 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9558 } 9559 } 9560 } 9561 9562 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9563 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9564 9565 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9566 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9567 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9568 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9569 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9570 // with a warning. 9571 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9572 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9573 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9574 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9575 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9576 9577 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9578 IsClassTemplateMember 9579 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9580 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9581 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9582 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9583 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9584 } 9585 } 9586 9587 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9588 // isn't exported with the variable. 9589 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9590 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9591 << DLLAttr; 9592 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9593 } 9594 9595 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9596 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9597 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9598 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9599 } 9600 } 9601 9602 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9603 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9604 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9605 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9606 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9607 << VD->getDeclName(); 9608 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9609 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9610 } 9611 } 9612 } 9613 9614 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9615 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9616 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9617 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9618 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9619 9620 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9621 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9622 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9623 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9624 9625 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9626 // tag values. 9627 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9628 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9629 return; 9630 9631 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9632 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9633 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9634 continue; 9635 } 9636 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9637 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9638 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9639 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9640 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9641 continue; 9642 } 9643 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9644 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9645 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9646 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9647 continue; 9648 } 9649 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9650 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9651 MagicValue, 9652 I->getMatchingCType(), 9653 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9654 I->getMustBeNull()); 9655 } 9656 } 9657 9658 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9659 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9660 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9661 9662 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9663 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9664 9665 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9666 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9667 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9668 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9669 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9670 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9671 Decls.push_back(D); 9672 } 9673 9674 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9675 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9676 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9677 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9678 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9679 } 9680 } 9681 9682 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9683 } 9684 9685 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9686 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9687 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9688 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9689 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9690 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9691 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9692 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9693 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9694 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9695 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9696 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9697 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9698 QualType Deduced; 9699 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9700 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9701 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9702 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9703 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9704 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9705 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9706 break; 9707 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9708 if (!U.isNull()) { 9709 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9710 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9711 Deduced = U; 9712 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9713 DeducedDecl = D; 9714 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9715 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9716 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9717 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9718 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9719 << U << D->getDeclName() 9720 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9721 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9722 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9723 break; 9724 } 9725 } 9726 } 9727 } 9728 } 9729 9730 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9731 9732 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9733 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9734 } 9735 9736 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9737 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9738 } 9739 9740 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9741 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9742 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9743 return; 9744 9745 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9746 return; 9747 9748 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9749 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9750 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9751 // additional declaration references: 9752 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9753 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9754 // 'struct S *pS;' 9755 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9756 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9757 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9758 Group = Group.slice(1); 9759 } 9760 } 9761 9762 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9763 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9764 if (!Comments.empty() && 9765 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9766 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9767 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9768 // 9769 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9770 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9771 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9772 // ahead through comments. 9773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9774 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9775 } 9776 } 9777 9778 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9779 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9780 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9781 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9782 9783 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9784 9785 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9786 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9787 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9788 SC = SC_Register; 9789 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9790 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9791 SC = SC_Auto; 9792 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9793 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9794 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9795 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9796 } 9797 9798 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9799 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9800 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9801 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9802 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9803 << 0; 9804 9805 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9806 9807 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9808 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9809 9810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9811 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9812 // parameter. 9813 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9814 9815 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9816 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9817 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9818 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9819 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9820 } 9821 } 9822 9823 // Ensure we have a valid name 9824 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9825 if (D.hasName()) { 9826 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9827 if (!II) { 9828 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9829 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9830 D.setInvalidType(true); 9831 } 9832 } 9833 9834 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9835 if (II) { 9836 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9837 ForRedeclaration); 9838 LookupName(R, S); 9839 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9840 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9841 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9842 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9843 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9844 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9845 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9846 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9847 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9848 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9849 9850 // Recover by removing the name 9851 II = nullptr; 9852 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9853 D.setInvalidType(true); 9854 } 9855 } 9856 } 9857 9858 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9859 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9860 // looking like class members in C++. 9861 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9862 D.getLocStart(), 9863 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9864 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9865 SC); 9866 9867 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9868 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9869 9870 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9871 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9872 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9873 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9874 9875 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9876 S->AddDecl(New); 9877 if (II) 9878 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9879 9880 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9881 9882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9883 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9884 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9885 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9886 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9887 9888 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9889 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9890 } 9891 return New; 9892 } 9893 9894 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9895 /// typedef. 9896 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9897 SourceLocation Loc, 9898 QualType T) { 9899 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9900 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9901 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9902 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9903 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9904 SC_None, nullptr); 9905 Param->setImplicit(); 9906 return Param; 9907 } 9908 9909 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9910 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9911 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9912 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9913 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9914 return; 9915 9916 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9917 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9918 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9919 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9920 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9921 } 9922 } 9923 } 9924 9925 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9926 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9927 QualType ReturnTy, 9928 NamedDecl *D) { 9929 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9930 return; 9931 9932 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9933 // threshold. 9934 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9935 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9936 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9937 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9938 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9939 } 9940 9941 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9942 // threshold. 9943 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9944 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9945 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9946 continue; 9947 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9948 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9949 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9950 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9951 } 9952 } 9953 9954 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9955 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9956 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9957 StorageClass SC) { 9958 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9959 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9960 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9961 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9962 9963 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9964 9965 // Special cases for arrays: 9966 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9967 // - otherwise, it's an error 9968 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9969 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9970 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9971 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9972 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9973 } 9974 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9975 } else { 9976 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9977 } 9978 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9979 } 9980 9981 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9982 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9983 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 9984 9985 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9986 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9987 // the class has been completely parsed. 9988 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9989 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9990 AbstractParamType)) 9991 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9992 9993 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9994 // passed by reference. 9995 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9996 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9997 Diag(NameLoc, 9998 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9999 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10000 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10001 New->setType(T); 10002 } 10003 10004 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10005 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10006 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10007 // an address space. 10008 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10009 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10010 // to be qualified with an address space. 10011 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10012 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10013 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10014 } 10015 } 10016 10017 return New; 10018 } 10019 10020 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10021 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10022 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10023 10024 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10025 // for a K&R function. 10026 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10027 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10028 --i; 10029 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10030 SmallString<256> Code; 10031 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10032 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10033 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10034 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10035 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10036 10037 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10038 // type. 10039 AttributeFactory attrs; 10040 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10041 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10042 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10043 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10044 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10045 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10046 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10047 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10048 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10049 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10050 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10051 } 10052 } 10053 } 10054 } 10055 10056 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10057 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10058 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10059 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10060 10061 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10062 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10063 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10064 } 10065 10066 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10067 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10068 } 10069 10070 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10071 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10072 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10073 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10074 return false; 10075 10076 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10077 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10078 return false; 10079 10080 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10081 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10082 return false; 10083 10084 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10085 if (FD->isMain()) 10086 return false; 10087 10088 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10089 if (FD->isInlined()) 10090 return false; 10091 10092 // Don't warn about function templates. 10093 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10094 return false; 10095 10096 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10097 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10098 return false; 10099 10100 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10101 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10102 return false; 10103 10104 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10105 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10106 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10107 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10108 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10109 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10110 continue; 10111 10112 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10113 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10114 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10115 break; 10116 } 10117 10118 return MissingPrototype; 10119 } 10120 10121 void 10122 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10123 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10124 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10125 // was an extern inline function. 10126 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10127 if (!Definition) 10128 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10129 return; 10130 10131 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10132 return; 10133 10134 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10135 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10136 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10137 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10138 else 10139 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10140 10141 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10142 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10143 } 10144 10145 10146 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10147 Sema &S) { 10148 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10149 10150 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10151 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10152 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10153 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10154 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10155 10156 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10157 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10158 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10159 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10160 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10161 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10162 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10163 10164 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10165 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10166 10167 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10168 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10169 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10170 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10171 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10172 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10173 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10174 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10175 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10176 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10177 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10178 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 10179 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10180 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10181 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10182 10183 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10184 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10185 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10186 } else { 10187 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10188 } 10189 ++I; 10190 } 10191 } 10192 10193 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10194 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10195 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10196 10197 if (!D) 10198 return D; 10199 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10200 10201 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10202 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10203 else 10204 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10205 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10206 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10207 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10208 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10209 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10210 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10211 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10212 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10213 // have the LSI properly restored. 10214 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10215 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10216 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10217 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10218 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10219 } 10220 else 10221 // Enter a new function scope 10222 PushFunctionScope(); 10223 10224 // See if this is a redefinition. 10225 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10226 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10227 10228 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10229 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10230 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10231 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10232 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10233 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10234 } 10235 } 10236 10237 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10238 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10239 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10240 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10241 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10242 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10243 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10244 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10245 10246 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10247 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10248 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10249 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10250 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10251 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10252 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10253 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10254 10255 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10256 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10257 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10258 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10259 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10260 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10261 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10262 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10263 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10264 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10265 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10266 } 10267 } 10268 } 10269 10270 if (FnBodyScope) 10271 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10272 10273 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10274 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10275 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10276 10277 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10278 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10279 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10280 10281 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10282 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10283 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10284 10285 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10286 } 10287 } 10288 10289 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10290 // introduce them into the function scope. 10291 if (FnBodyScope) { 10292 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10293 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10294 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10295 I != E; ++I) { 10296 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10297 10298 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10299 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10300 // and reattach to the current context. 10301 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10302 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10303 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10304 if (DI == D) { 10305 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10306 break; 10307 } 10308 } 10309 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10310 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10311 } 10312 10313 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10314 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10315 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10316 10317 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10318 // accessible in this scope. 10319 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10320 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10321 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10322 } 10323 } 10324 } 10325 10326 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10327 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10328 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10329 10330 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10331 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10332 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10333 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10334 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10335 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10336 return D; 10337 } 10338 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10339 // a function template). 10340 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10341 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10342 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10343 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10344 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10345 10346 return D; 10347 } 10348 10349 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10350 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10351 /// optimization. 10352 /// 10353 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10354 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10355 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10356 /// use the named return value optimization. 10357 /// 10358 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10359 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10360 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10361 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10362 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10363 10364 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10365 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10366 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10367 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10368 } 10369 } 10370 } 10371 10372 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10373 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10374 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10375 return false; 10376 10377 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10378 // return type (yet). 10379 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10380 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10381 // we can still delay parsing it. 10382 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10383 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10384 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10385 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10386 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10387 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10388 } 10389 } 10390 return false; 10391 } 10392 10393 return true; 10394 } 10395 10396 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10397 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10398 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10399 // rest of the file. 10400 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10401 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10402 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10403 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10404 return false; 10405 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10406 } 10407 10408 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10409 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10410 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10411 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10412 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10413 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10414 } 10415 10416 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10417 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10418 } 10419 10420 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10421 bool IsInstantiation) { 10422 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10423 10424 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10425 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10426 10427 if (FD) { 10428 FD->setBody(Body); 10429 10430 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10431 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10432 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10433 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10434 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10435 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10436 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10437 << FD->getReturnType(); 10438 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10439 } else { 10440 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10441 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10442 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10443 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10444 } 10445 } 10446 10447 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10448 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10449 // is the first declaration. 10450 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10451 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10452 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10453 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10454 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10455 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10456 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10457 } 10458 10459 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10460 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10461 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10462 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10463 10464 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10465 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10466 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10468 10469 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10470 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10471 if (Body) 10472 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10473 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10474 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10475 10476 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10477 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10478 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10479 10480 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10481 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10482 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10484 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10485 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10486 } 10487 10488 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10489 "Function parsing confused"); 10490 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10491 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10492 MD->setBody(Body); 10493 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10494 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10495 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10496 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10497 10498 if (Body) 10499 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10500 } 10501 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10502 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10503 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10504 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10505 } 10506 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10507 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10508 bool isDesignated = 10509 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10510 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10511 (void)isDesignated; 10512 10513 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10514 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10515 if (!IFace) 10516 return false; 10517 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10518 if (!SuperD) 10519 return false; 10520 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10521 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10522 }; 10523 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10524 // of NSObject. 10525 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10526 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10527 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10528 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10529 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10530 } 10531 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10532 } 10533 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10534 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10535 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10536 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10537 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10538 } 10539 } else { 10540 return nullptr; 10541 } 10542 10543 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10544 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10545 "handled in the block above."); 10546 10547 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10548 if (Body) { 10549 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10550 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10551 // Verify this. 10552 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10553 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10554 10555 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10556 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10557 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10558 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10559 10560 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10561 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10562 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10563 10564 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10565 Destructor->getParent()); 10566 } 10567 10568 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10569 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10570 // deletion in some later function. 10571 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10572 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10573 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10574 } 10575 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10576 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10577 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10578 // enabled. 10579 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10580 } 10581 10582 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10583 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10584 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10585 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10586 10587 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10588 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10589 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10590 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10591 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10592 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10593 break; 10594 } 10595 } 10596 } 10597 10598 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects 10599 && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10600 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10601 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10602 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10603 } 10604 10605 if (!IsInstantiation) 10606 PopDeclContext(); 10607 10608 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10609 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10610 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10611 // deletion in some later function. 10612 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10613 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10614 } 10615 10616 return dcl; 10617 } 10618 10619 10620 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10621 /// relevant Decl. 10622 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10623 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10624 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10625 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10626 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10627 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10628 10629 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10630 if (Method->isStatic()) 10631 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10632 } 10633 10634 10635 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10636 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10637 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10638 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10639 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10640 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10641 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10642 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10643 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10644 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10645 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10646 return ExternCPrev; 10647 } 10648 10649 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10650 unsigned diag_id; 10651 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10652 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10653 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10654 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10655 else 10656 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10657 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10658 10659 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10660 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10661 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10662 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10663 if (S && 10664 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10665 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10666 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10667 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10668 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10669 } 10670 10671 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10672 const char *Dummy; 10673 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10674 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10675 unsigned DiagID; 10676 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10677 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10678 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10679 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10680 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10681 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10682 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10683 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10684 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10685 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10686 /*NumParams=*/0, 10687 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10688 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10689 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10690 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10691 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10692 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10693 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10694 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10695 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10696 EST_None, 10697 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10698 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10699 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10700 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10701 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10702 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10703 Loc, Loc, D), 10704 DS.getAttributes(), 10705 SourceLocation()); 10706 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10707 10708 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10709 10710 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10711 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10712 10713 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10714 FD->setImplicit(); 10715 10716 CurContext = PrevDC; 10717 10718 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10719 10720 return FD; 10721 } 10722 10723 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10724 /// the declaration of this function. 10725 /// 10726 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10727 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10728 /// like NSLog or printf. 10729 /// 10730 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10731 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10732 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10733 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10734 return; 10735 10736 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10737 // actual attributes. 10738 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10739 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10740 unsigned FormatIdx; 10741 bool HasVAListArg; 10742 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10743 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10744 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10745 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10746 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10747 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10748 fmt = "NSString"; 10749 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10750 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10751 FormatIdx+1, 10752 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10753 FD->getLocation())); 10754 } 10755 } 10756 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10757 HasVAListArg)) { 10758 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10759 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10760 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10761 FormatIdx+1, 10762 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10763 FD->getLocation())); 10764 } 10765 10766 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10767 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10768 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10769 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10770 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10771 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10772 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10773 } 10774 10775 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10776 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10777 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10778 FD->getLocation())); 10779 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10780 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10781 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10782 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10783 } 10784 10785 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10786 if (!Name) 10787 return; 10788 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10789 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10790 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10791 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10792 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10793 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10794 // about. 10795 } else 10796 return; 10797 10798 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10799 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10800 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10801 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10802 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10803 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10804 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10805 FD->getLocation())); 10806 } 10807 10808 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10809 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10810 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10811 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10812 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10813 FD->getLocation())); 10814 } 10815 } 10816 10817 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10818 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10819 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10820 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10821 10822 if (!TInfo) { 10823 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10824 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10825 } 10826 10827 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10828 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10829 D.getLocStart(), 10830 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10831 D.getIdentifier(), 10832 TInfo); 10833 10834 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10835 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10836 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10837 return NewTD; 10838 } 10839 10840 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10841 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10842 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10843 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10844 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10845 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10846 else 10847 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10848 } 10849 10850 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10851 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10852 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10853 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10854 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10855 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10856 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10857 case TST_enum: 10858 case TST_struct: 10859 case TST_interface: 10860 case TST_union: 10861 case TST_class: { 10862 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10863 10864 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10865 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10866 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10867 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10868 10869 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10870 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10871 10872 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10873 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10874 break; 10875 10876 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10877 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10878 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10879 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10880 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10881 // for how to handle it. 10882 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10883 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10884 10885 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10886 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10887 10888 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10889 textToInsert += ' '; 10890 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10891 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10892 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10893 break; 10894 } 10895 10896 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10897 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10898 break; 10899 } 10900 10901 default: 10902 break; 10903 } 10904 10905 return NewTD; 10906 } 10907 10908 10909 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10910 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10911 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10912 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10913 10914 if (T->isDependentType()) 10915 return false; 10916 10917 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10918 if (BT->isInteger()) 10919 return false; 10920 10921 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10922 return true; 10923 } 10924 10925 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10926 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10927 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10928 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10929 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10930 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10931 10932 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10933 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10934 << Prev->isScoped(); 10935 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10936 return true; 10937 } 10938 10939 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10940 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10941 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10942 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10943 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10944 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10945 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10946 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10947 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10948 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10949 return true; 10950 } 10951 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10952 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10953 << Prev->isFixed(); 10954 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10955 return true; 10956 } 10957 10958 return false; 10959 } 10960 10961 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10962 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10963 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10964 /// 10965 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10966 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10967 switch (Tag) { 10968 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10969 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10970 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10971 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10972 } 10973 } 10974 10975 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10976 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10977 /// 10978 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10979 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10980 { 10981 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10982 } 10983 10984 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10985 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10986 /// 10987 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10988 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10989 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10990 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10991 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10992 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10993 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10994 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10995 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10996 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10997 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10998 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10999 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11000 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11001 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11002 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11003 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11004 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11005 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11006 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11007 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11008 return true; 11009 11010 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11011 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11012 bool isTemplate = false; 11013 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11014 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11015 11016 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11017 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11018 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11019 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11020 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11021 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11022 return true; 11023 } 11024 11025 if (isDefinition) { 11026 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11027 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11028 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11029 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11030 return true; 11031 } 11032 11033 bool previousMismatch = false; 11034 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11035 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11036 if (!previousMismatch) { 11037 previousMismatch = true; 11038 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11039 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11040 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11041 } 11042 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11043 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11044 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11045 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11046 } 11047 } 11048 return true; 11049 } 11050 11051 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11052 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11053 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11054 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11055 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11056 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11057 return true; 11058 } 11059 11060 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11061 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11062 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11063 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11064 11065 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11066 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11067 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11068 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11069 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11070 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11071 } 11072 11073 return true; 11074 } 11075 return false; 11076 } 11077 11078 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11079 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11080 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11081 /// namespace N { 11082 /// struct X; 11083 /// namespace M { 11084 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11085 /// } 11086 /// } 11087 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11088 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11089 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11090 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11091 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11092 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11093 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11094 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11095 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11096 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11097 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11098 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11099 return FixItHint(); 11100 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11101 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11102 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11103 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11104 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11105 break; 11106 } 11107 11108 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11109 // build an NNS. 11110 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11111 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11112 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11113 OS << "::"; 11114 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11115 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11116 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11117 OS.flush(); 11118 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11119 } 11120 11121 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11122 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11123 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11124 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11125 /// 11126 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11127 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11128 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11129 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11130 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11131 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11132 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11133 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11134 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11135 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11136 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11137 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11138 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11139 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11140 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11141 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11142 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11143 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11144 11145 OwnedDecl = false; 11146 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11147 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11148 11149 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11150 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11151 bool Invalid = false; 11152 11153 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11154 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11155 // for non-C++ cases. 11156 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11157 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11158 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11159 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11160 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11161 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11162 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11163 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11164 return nullptr; 11165 } 11166 11167 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11168 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11169 // be a member of another template). 11170 11171 if (Invalid) 11172 return nullptr; 11173 11174 OwnedDecl = false; 11175 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11176 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11177 TemplateParams, AS, 11178 ModulePrivateLoc, 11179 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11180 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11181 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11182 return Result.get(); 11183 } else { 11184 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11185 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11186 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11187 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11188 } 11189 } 11190 } 11191 11192 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11193 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11194 // redeclaration. 11195 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11196 11197 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11198 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11199 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11200 // type, default to int. 11201 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11202 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11203 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11204 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11205 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11206 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11207 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11208 11209 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11210 // Recover by falling back to int. 11211 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11212 11213 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11214 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11215 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11216 11217 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11218 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11219 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11220 } 11221 11222 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11223 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11224 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11225 11226 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11227 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11228 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11229 11230 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11231 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11232 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11233 11234 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11235 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11236 Name = nullptr; 11237 goto CreateNewDecl; 11238 } 11239 11240 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11241 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11242 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11243 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11244 if (!DC) { 11245 IsDependent = true; 11246 return nullptr; 11247 } 11248 } else { 11249 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11250 if (!DC) { 11251 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11252 << SS.getRange(); 11253 return nullptr; 11254 } 11255 } 11256 11257 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11258 return nullptr; 11259 11260 SearchDC = DC; 11261 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11262 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11263 11264 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11265 return nullptr; 11266 11267 if (Previous.empty()) { 11268 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11269 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11270 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11271 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11272 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11273 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11274 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11275 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11276 IsDependent = true; 11277 return nullptr; 11278 } 11279 11280 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11281 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11282 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11283 Name = nullptr; 11284 Invalid = true; 11285 goto CreateNewDecl; 11286 } 11287 } else if (Name) { 11288 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11289 // declaration or definition. 11290 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11291 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11292 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11293 LookupName(Previous, S); 11294 11295 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11296 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11297 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11298 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11299 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11300 while (F.hasNext()) { 11301 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11302 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11303 F.erase(); 11304 } 11305 F.done(); 11306 } 11307 11308 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11309 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11310 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11311 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11312 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11313 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11314 // 11315 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11316 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11317 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11318 // 11319 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11320 // semantic context? 11321 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11322 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11323 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11324 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11325 while (F.hasNext()) { 11326 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11327 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11328 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11329 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11330 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11331 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11332 else 11333 F.erase(); 11334 } 11335 } 11336 F.done(); 11337 11338 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11339 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11340 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11341 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11342 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11343 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11344 } 11345 } 11346 11347 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11348 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11349 return nullptr; 11350 11351 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11352 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11353 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11354 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11355 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11356 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11357 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11358 } 11359 } 11360 11361 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11362 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11363 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11364 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11365 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11366 Previous.clear(); 11367 } 11368 11369 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11370 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11371 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11372 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11373 11374 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11375 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11376 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11377 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11378 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11379 } 11380 } 11381 11382 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11383 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11384 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11385 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11386 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11387 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11388 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11389 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11390 11391 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11392 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11393 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11394 // 11395 // class-key identifier 11396 // 11397 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11398 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11399 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11400 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11401 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11402 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11403 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11404 // declaration. 11405 // 11406 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11407 // C structs and unions. 11408 // 11409 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11410 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11411 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11412 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11413 // 11414 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11415 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11416 // 11417 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11418 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11419 // lexical context, 11420 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11421 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11422 11423 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11424 while (S->isClassScope() || 11425 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11426 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11427 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11428 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11429 S = S->getParent(); 11430 } else { 11431 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11432 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11433 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11434 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11435 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11436 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11437 } 11438 11439 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11440 // diagnose some problems. 11441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11442 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11443 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11444 } 11445 } 11446 11447 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11448 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11449 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11450 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11451 11452 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11453 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11454 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11455 // in C++. 11456 // 11457 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11458 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11459 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11460 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11461 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11462 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11463 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11464 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11465 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11466 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11467 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11468 PrevDecl = Tag; 11469 Previous.clear(); 11470 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11471 Previous.resolveKind(); 11472 } 11473 } 11474 } 11475 } 11476 11477 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11478 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11479 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11480 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11481 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11482 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11483 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11484 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11485 // struct or something similar. 11486 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11487 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11488 *Name)) { 11489 bool SafeToContinue 11490 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11491 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11492 if (SafeToContinue) 11493 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11494 << Name 11495 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11496 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11497 else 11498 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11499 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11500 11501 if (SafeToContinue) 11502 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11503 else { 11504 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11505 Name = nullptr; 11506 Previous.clear(); 11507 Invalid = true; 11508 } 11509 } 11510 11511 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11512 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11513 11514 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11515 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11516 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11517 if (ScopedEnum) 11518 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11519 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11520 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11521 return PrevTagDecl; 11522 } 11523 11524 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11525 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11526 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11527 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11528 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11529 11530 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11531 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11532 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11533 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11534 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11535 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11536 } 11537 11538 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11539 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11540 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11541 // and then later defined. 11542 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11543 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11544 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11545 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11546 } 11547 11548 if (!Invalid) { 11549 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11550 // we have attributes. 11551 11552 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11553 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11554 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11555 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11556 if (!Attr && 11557 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11558 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11559 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11560 return PrevTagDecl; 11561 11562 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11563 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11564 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11565 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11566 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11567 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11568 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11569 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11570 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11571 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11572 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11573 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11574 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11575 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11576 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11577 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11578 } 11579 11580 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11581 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11582 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11583 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11584 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11585 else 11586 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11587 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11588 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11589 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11590 // references get the previous definition. 11591 Name = nullptr; 11592 Previous.clear(); 11593 Invalid = true; 11594 } 11595 } else { 11596 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11597 // about a nested redefinition. 11598 const TagType *Tag 11599 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11600 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11601 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11602 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11603 diag::note_previous_definition); 11604 Name = nullptr; 11605 Previous.clear(); 11606 Invalid = true; 11607 } 11608 } 11609 11610 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11611 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11612 } 11613 11614 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11615 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11616 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11617 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11618 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11619 AS = AS_none; 11620 } 11621 } 11622 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11623 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11624 11625 } else { 11626 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11627 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11628 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11629 // have distinct types. 11630 Previous.clear(); 11631 } 11632 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11633 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11634 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11635 11636 11637 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11638 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11639 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11640 } else { 11641 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11642 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11643 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11644 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11645 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11646 unsigned Kind = 0; 11647 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11648 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11649 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11650 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11651 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11652 Invalid = true; 11653 11654 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11655 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11656 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11657 // do nothing 11658 11659 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11660 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11661 unsigned Kind = 0; 11662 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11663 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11664 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11665 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11666 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11667 Invalid = true; 11668 11669 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11670 // case here. 11671 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11672 unsigned Kind = 0; 11673 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11674 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11675 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11676 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11677 Invalid = true; 11678 11679 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11680 } else { 11681 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11682 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11683 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11684 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11685 Name = nullptr; 11686 Invalid = true; 11687 } 11688 11689 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11690 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11691 Previous.clear(); 11692 } 11693 } 11694 11695 CreateNewDecl: 11696 11697 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11698 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11699 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11700 11701 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11702 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11703 // keyword. 11704 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11705 11706 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11707 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11708 // PrevDecl. 11709 TagDecl *New; 11710 11711 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11712 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11713 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11714 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11715 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11716 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11717 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11718 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11719 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11720 TagDecl *Def; 11721 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11722 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11723 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11724 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11725 } 11726 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11727 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11728 << New; 11729 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11730 } else { 11731 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11732 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11733 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11734 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11735 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11736 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11737 11738 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11739 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11740 // the declaration context. 11741 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11742 IsForwardReference = true; 11743 } 11744 } 11745 11746 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11747 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11748 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11749 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11750 else 11751 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11752 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11753 } 11754 11755 } else { 11756 // struct/union/class 11757 11758 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11759 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11761 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11762 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11763 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11764 11765 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11766 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11767 } else 11768 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11769 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11770 } 11771 11772 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11773 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11775 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11776 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11777 Invalid = true; 11778 } 11779 11780 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11781 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11782 if (SS.isSet()) { 11783 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11784 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11785 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11786 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11787 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11788 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11789 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11790 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11791 Invalid = true; 11792 11793 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11794 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11795 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11796 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11797 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11798 } 11799 } 11800 else 11801 Invalid = true; 11802 } 11803 11804 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11805 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11806 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11807 // 11808 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11809 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11810 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11811 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11812 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11813 // parsing of the struct). 11814 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11815 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11816 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11817 } 11818 } 11819 11820 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11821 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11822 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11823 << 2 11824 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11825 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11826 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11827 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11828 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11829 New->setModulePrivate(); 11830 } 11831 11832 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11833 // check the specialization. 11834 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11835 Invalid = true; 11836 11837 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11838 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11839 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11840 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11841 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11842 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11843 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11844 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11845 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11846 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11847 << Name; 11848 Invalid = true; 11849 } 11850 } else { 11851 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11852 } 11853 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11854 } 11855 11856 if (Invalid) 11857 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11858 11859 if (Attr) 11860 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11861 11862 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11863 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11864 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11865 11866 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11867 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11868 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11869 // the tag name visible. 11870 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11871 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11872 11873 // Set the access specifier. 11874 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11875 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11876 11877 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11878 New->startDefinition(); 11879 11880 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11881 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11882 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11883 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11884 if (PrevDecl) 11885 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11886 11887 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11888 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11889 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11890 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11891 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11892 } else if (Name) { 11893 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11894 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11895 if (IsForwardReference) 11896 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11897 11898 } else { 11899 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11900 } 11901 11902 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11903 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11904 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11905 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11906 II->isStr("FILE")) 11907 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11908 11909 if (PrevDecl) 11910 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11911 11912 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11913 // record. 11914 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11915 11916 OwnedDecl = true; 11917 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11918 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11919 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11920 } 11921 11922 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11923 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11924 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11925 11926 // Enter the tag context. 11927 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11928 11929 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11930 11931 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11932 // record. 11933 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11934 } 11935 11936 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11937 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11938 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11939 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11940 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11941 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11942 CurContext = OCD; 11943 return IDecl; 11944 } 11945 11946 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11947 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11948 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11949 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11950 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11951 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11952 11953 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11954 11955 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11956 return; 11957 11958 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11959 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11960 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11961 11962 // C++ [class]p2: 11963 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11964 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11965 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11966 // as if it were a public member name. 11967 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11968 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11969 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11970 Record->getIdentifier(), 11971 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11972 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11973 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11974 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11975 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11976 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11977 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11978 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11979 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11980 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11981 } 11982 11983 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11984 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11985 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11986 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11987 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11988 11989 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11990 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11991 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11992 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11993 RD->completeDefinition(); 11994 } 11995 11996 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11997 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11998 11999 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12000 PopDeclContext(); 12001 12002 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12003 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12004 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12005 12006 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12007 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12008 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12009 } 12010 12011 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12012 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12013 PopDeclContext(); 12014 } 12015 12016 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12017 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12018 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12019 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12020 } 12021 12022 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12023 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12024 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12025 } 12026 12027 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12028 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12029 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12030 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12031 12032 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12033 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12034 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12035 RD->completeDefinition(); 12036 } 12037 12038 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12039 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12040 // the FieldCollector. 12041 12042 PopDeclContext(); 12043 } 12044 12045 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12046 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12047 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12048 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12049 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12050 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12051 if (ZeroWidth) 12052 *ZeroWidth = true; 12053 12054 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12055 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12056 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12057 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12058 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12059 return ExprError(); 12060 if (FieldName) 12061 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12062 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12063 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12064 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12065 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12066 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12067 return ExprError(); 12068 12069 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12070 // it now. 12071 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12072 return BitWidth; 12073 12074 llvm::APSInt Value; 12075 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12076 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12077 return ICE; 12078 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12079 12080 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12081 *ZeroWidth = false; 12082 12083 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12084 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12085 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12086 12087 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12088 if (FieldName) 12089 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12090 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12091 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12092 << Value.toString(10); 12093 } 12094 12095 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12096 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12097 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12098 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12099 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12100 if (FieldName) 12101 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12102 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12103 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12104 12105 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12106 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12107 } 12108 12109 if (FieldName) 12110 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12111 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12112 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12113 else 12114 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12115 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12116 } 12117 } 12118 12119 return BitWidth; 12120 } 12121 12122 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12123 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12124 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12125 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12126 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12127 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12128 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12129 return Res; 12130 } 12131 12132 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12133 /// 12134 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12135 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12136 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12137 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12138 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12139 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12140 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12141 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12142 12143 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12144 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12145 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12146 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12147 12148 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12149 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12150 D.setInvalidType(); 12151 T = Context.IntTy; 12152 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12153 } 12154 } 12155 12156 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12157 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12158 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12159 D.setInvalidType(); 12160 } 12161 12162 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12163 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12164 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12166 D.setInvalidType(); 12167 } 12168 12169 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12170 12171 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12172 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12173 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12174 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12175 12176 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12177 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12178 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12179 LookupName(Previous, S); 12180 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12181 case LookupResult::Found: 12182 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12183 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12184 break; 12185 12186 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12187 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12188 break; 12189 12190 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12191 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12192 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12193 break; 12194 } 12195 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12196 12197 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12198 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12199 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12200 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12201 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12202 } 12203 12204 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12205 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12206 12207 bool Mutable 12208 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12209 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12210 FieldDecl *NewFD 12211 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12212 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12213 12214 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12215 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12216 12217 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12218 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12219 12220 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12221 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12222 // with the same name in the same scope. 12223 } else if (II) { 12224 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12225 } else 12226 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12227 12228 return NewFD; 12229 } 12230 12231 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12232 /// 12233 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12234 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12235 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12236 /// created. 12237 /// 12238 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12239 /// 12240 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12241 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12242 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12243 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12244 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12245 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12246 SourceLocation TSSL, 12247 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12248 Declarator *D) { 12249 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12250 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12251 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12252 12253 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12254 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12255 if (T.isNull()) { 12256 InvalidDecl = true; 12257 T = Context.IntTy; 12258 } 12259 12260 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12261 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12262 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12263 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12264 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12265 InvalidDecl = true; 12266 } else { 12267 NamedDecl *Def; 12268 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12269 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12270 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12271 InvalidDecl = true; 12272 } 12273 } 12274 } 12275 12276 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12277 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12278 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12279 InvalidDecl = true; 12280 } 12281 12282 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12283 // than a variably modified type. 12284 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12285 bool SizeIsNegative; 12286 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12287 12288 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12289 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12290 SizeIsNegative, 12291 Oversized); 12292 if (FixedTInfo) { 12293 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12294 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12295 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12296 } else { 12297 if (SizeIsNegative) 12298 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12299 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12300 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12301 << Oversized.toString(10); 12302 else 12303 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12304 InvalidDecl = true; 12305 } 12306 } 12307 12308 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12309 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12310 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12311 AbstractFieldType)) 12312 InvalidDecl = true; 12313 12314 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12315 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12316 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12317 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12318 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12319 if (!BitWidth) { 12320 InvalidDecl = true; 12321 BitWidth = nullptr; 12322 ZeroWidth = false; 12323 } 12324 } 12325 12326 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12327 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12328 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12329 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12330 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12331 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12332 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12333 12334 if (DiagID) { 12335 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12336 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12337 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12338 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12339 Mutable = false; 12340 InvalidDecl = true; 12341 } 12342 } 12343 12344 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12345 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12346 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12347 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12348 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12349 12350 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12351 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12352 if (InvalidDecl) 12353 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12354 12355 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12356 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12357 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12358 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12359 } 12360 12361 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12362 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12363 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12364 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12365 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12366 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12367 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12368 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12369 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12370 // objects. 12371 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12372 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12373 } 12374 } 12375 12376 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12377 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12378 // enabled. 12379 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12380 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12381 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12382 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12383 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12384 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12386 } 12387 } 12388 } 12389 12390 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12391 // representation, not a parser representation. 12392 if (D) { 12393 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12394 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12395 12396 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12397 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12398 } 12399 12400 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12401 // retainable type. 12402 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12403 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12404 12405 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12406 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12407 12408 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12409 return NewFD; 12410 } 12411 12412 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12413 assert(FD); 12414 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12415 12416 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12417 return false; 12418 12419 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12420 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12421 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12422 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12423 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12424 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12425 // copy constructors. 12426 12427 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12428 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12429 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12430 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12431 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12432 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12433 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12434 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12435 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12436 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12437 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12438 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12439 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12440 member = CXXDestructor; 12441 12442 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12443 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12444 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12445 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12446 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12447 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12448 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12449 // members unavailable. 12450 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12451 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12452 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12453 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12454 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12455 Loc)); 12456 return false; 12457 } 12458 } 12459 12460 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12461 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12462 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12463 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12464 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12465 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12466 } 12467 } 12468 } 12469 12470 return false; 12471 } 12472 12473 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12474 /// AST enum value. 12475 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12476 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12477 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12478 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12479 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12480 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12481 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12482 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12483 } 12484 } 12485 12486 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12487 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12488 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12489 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12490 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12491 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12492 12493 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12494 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12495 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12496 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12497 12498 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12499 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12500 12501 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12502 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12503 12504 if (BitWidth) { 12505 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12506 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12507 if (!BitWidth) 12508 D.setInvalidType(); 12509 } else { 12510 // Not a bitfield. 12511 12512 // validate II. 12513 12514 } 12515 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12516 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12517 D.setInvalidType(); 12518 } 12519 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12520 // than a variably modified type. 12521 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12522 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12523 D.setInvalidType(); 12524 } 12525 12526 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12527 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12528 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12529 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12530 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12531 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12532 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12533 return nullptr; 12534 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12535 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12536 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12537 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12538 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12539 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12540 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12541 } 12542 else 12543 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12544 } else { 12545 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12546 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12547 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12548 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12549 return nullptr; 12550 } 12551 } 12552 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12553 } 12554 12555 // Construct the decl. 12556 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12557 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12558 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12559 12560 if (II) { 12561 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12562 ForRedeclaration); 12563 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12564 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12566 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12567 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12568 } 12569 } 12570 12571 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12572 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12573 12574 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12575 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12576 12577 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12578 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12579 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12580 12581 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12582 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12583 12584 if (II) { 12585 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12586 // these to the interface. 12587 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12588 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12589 } 12590 12591 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12592 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12593 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12594 12595 return NewID; 12596 } 12597 12598 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12599 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12600 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12601 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12602 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12603 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12604 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12605 return; 12606 12607 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12608 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12609 12610 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12611 return; 12612 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12613 if (!ID) { 12614 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12615 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12616 return; 12617 } 12618 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12619 else 12620 return; 12621 } 12622 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12623 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12624 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12625 12626 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12627 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12628 Context.CharTy, 12629 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12630 DeclLoc), 12631 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12632 true); 12633 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12634 } 12635 12636 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12637 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12638 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12639 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12640 12641 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12642 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12643 // it will now change. 12644 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12645 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12646 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12647 default: break; 12648 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12649 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12650 break; 12651 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12652 Context. 12653 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12654 break; 12655 } 12656 } 12657 12658 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12659 12660 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12661 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12662 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12663 if (Record) { 12664 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12665 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12666 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12667 ++NumNamedMembers; 12668 } 12669 } 12670 12671 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12672 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12673 12674 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12675 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12676 i != end; ++i) { 12677 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12678 12679 // Get the type for the field. 12680 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12681 12682 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12683 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12684 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12685 } 12686 12687 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12688 // diagnostics about it. 12689 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12690 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12691 continue; 12692 } 12693 12694 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12695 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12696 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12697 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12698 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12699 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12700 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12701 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12702 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12703 // array. 12704 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12705 // Field declared as a function. 12706 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12707 << FD->getDeclName(); 12708 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12709 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12710 continue; 12711 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12712 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12713 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12714 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12715 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12716 // Flexible array member. 12717 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12718 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12719 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12720 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12721 if (Record->isUnion()) 12722 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12723 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12724 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12725 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12726 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12727 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12728 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12729 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12730 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12731 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12732 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12733 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12734 : 0; 12735 12736 if (DiagID) 12737 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12738 << Record->getTagKind(); 12739 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12740 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12741 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12742 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12743 // of the type. 12744 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12745 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12746 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12747 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12748 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12749 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12750 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12751 12752 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12753 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12754 // 12755 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12756 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12757 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12758 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12759 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12760 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12761 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12762 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12763 continue; 12764 } 12765 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12766 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12767 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12768 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12769 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12770 // Incomplete type 12771 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12772 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12773 continue; 12774 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12775 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12776 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12777 // flexible array member. 12778 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12779 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12780 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12781 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12782 // structures. 12783 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12784 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12785 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12786 else { 12787 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12788 // other structs as an extension. 12789 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12790 << FD->getDeclName(); 12791 } 12792 } 12793 } 12794 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12795 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12796 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12797 AbstractIvarType)) { 12798 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12799 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12800 } 12801 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12802 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12803 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12804 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12805 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12806 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12807 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12808 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12809 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12810 FD->setType(T); 12811 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12812 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12813 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12814 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12815 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12816 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12817 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12818 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12819 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12820 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12821 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12822 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12823 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12824 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12825 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12826 loc)); 12827 } 12828 } else { 12829 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12830 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12831 } 12832 ARCErrReported = true; 12833 } 12834 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12835 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12836 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12837 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12838 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12839 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12840 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12841 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12842 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12843 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12844 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12845 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12846 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12847 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12848 } 12849 } 12850 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12851 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12852 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12853 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12854 ++NumNamedMembers; 12855 } 12856 12857 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12858 if (Record) { 12859 bool Completed = false; 12860 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12861 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12862 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12863 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12864 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12865 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12866 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12867 12868 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12869 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12870 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12872 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12873 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12874 } 12875 12876 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12877 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12878 12879 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12880 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12881 // problem now. 12882 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12883 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12884 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12885 12886 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12887 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12888 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12889 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12890 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12891 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12892 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12893 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12894 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12895 continue; 12896 12897 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12898 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12899 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12900 // program is ill-formed. 12901 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12902 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12903 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12904 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12905 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12906 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12907 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12908 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12909 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12910 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12911 12912 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12913 } 12914 } 12915 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12916 Completed = true; 12917 } 12918 } 12919 } 12920 } 12921 12922 if (!Completed) 12923 Record->completeDefinition(); 12924 12925 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12926 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12927 12928 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12929 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12930 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12931 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12932 } 12933 12934 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12935 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12936 // compatibility problems. 12937 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12938 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12939 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12940 } else { 12941 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12942 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12943 CheckForZeroSize = 12944 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12945 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12946 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12947 } 12948 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12949 bool ZeroSize = true; 12950 bool IsEmpty = true; 12951 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12952 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12953 E = Record->field_end(); 12954 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12955 IsEmpty = false; 12956 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12957 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12958 ZeroSize = false; 12959 } else { 12960 ++NonBitFields; 12961 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12962 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12963 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12964 ZeroSize = false; 12965 } 12966 } 12967 12968 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12969 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12970 // extern "C" block. 12971 if (ZeroSize) { 12972 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12973 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12974 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12975 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12976 } 12977 12978 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12979 // but are accepted by GCC. 12980 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12981 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12982 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12983 << Record->isUnion(); 12984 } 12985 } 12986 } else { 12987 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12988 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12989 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12990 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12991 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12992 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12993 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12994 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12995 } 12996 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12997 // duplicates. 12998 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12999 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13000 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13001 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13002 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13003 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13004 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13005 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13006 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13007 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13008 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13009 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13010 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13011 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13012 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13013 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13014 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13015 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13016 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13017 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13018 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13019 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13020 if (IDecl) { 13021 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13022 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13023 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13024 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13025 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13026 continue; 13027 } 13028 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13029 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13030 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13031 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13032 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13033 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13034 continue; 13035 } 13036 } 13037 } 13038 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13039 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13040 } 13041 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13042 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13043 } 13044 } 13045 13046 if (Attr) 13047 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13048 } 13049 13050 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13051 /// the given type T. 13052 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13053 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13054 QualType T) { 13055 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13056 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13057 13058 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13059 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13060 --BitWidth; 13061 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13062 } 13063 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13064 } 13065 13066 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13067 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13068 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13069 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13070 // enum checking below. 13071 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13072 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13073 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13074 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13075 }; 13076 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13077 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13078 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13079 }; 13080 13081 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13082 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13083 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13084 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13085 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13086 return Types[I]; 13087 13088 return QualType(); 13089 } 13090 13091 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13092 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13093 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13094 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13095 Expr *Val) { 13096 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13097 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13098 QualType EltTy; 13099 13100 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13101 Val = nullptr; 13102 13103 if (Val) 13104 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13105 13106 if (Val) { 13107 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13108 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13109 else { 13110 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13112 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13113 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13114 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13115 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13116 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13117 ExprResult Converted = 13118 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13119 CCEK_Enumerator); 13120 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13121 Val = nullptr; 13122 else 13123 Val = Converted.get(); 13124 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13125 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13126 &EnumVal).get())) { 13127 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13128 } else { 13129 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13130 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13131 13132 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13133 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13134 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13135 // expression checking. 13136 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13137 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13138 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13139 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13140 } else 13141 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13142 } else 13143 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13144 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13145 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13146 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13147 // is the type of its initializing value: 13148 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13149 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13150 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13151 } else { 13152 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13153 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13154 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13155 // representable as an int. 13156 13157 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13158 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13159 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13160 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13161 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13162 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13163 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13164 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13165 } 13166 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13167 } 13168 } 13169 } 13170 } 13171 13172 if (!Val) { 13173 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13174 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13175 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13176 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13177 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13178 // is the type of its initializing value: 13179 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13180 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13181 // 13182 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13183 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13184 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13185 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13186 } 13187 else { 13188 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13189 } 13190 } else { 13191 // Assign the last value + 1. 13192 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13193 ++EnumVal; 13194 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13195 13196 // Check for overflow on increment. 13197 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13198 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13199 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13200 // is the type of its initializing value: 13201 // 13202 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13203 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13204 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13205 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13206 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13207 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13208 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13209 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13210 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13211 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13212 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13213 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13214 ++EnumVal; 13215 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13216 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13217 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13218 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13219 << EltTy; 13220 else 13221 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13222 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13223 } else { 13224 EltTy = T; 13225 } 13226 13227 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13228 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13229 // value, then increment. 13230 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13231 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13232 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13233 ++EnumVal; 13234 13235 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13236 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13237 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13238 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13239 // integral type. 13240 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13241 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13242 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13243 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13244 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13245 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13246 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13247 } 13248 } 13249 } 13250 13251 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13252 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13253 // enumerator's type. 13254 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13255 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13256 } 13257 13258 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13259 Val, EnumVal); 13260 } 13261 13262 13263 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13264 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13265 AttributeList *Attr, 13266 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13267 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13268 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13269 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13270 13271 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13272 // we find one that is. 13273 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13274 13275 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13276 // scope. 13277 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13278 ForRedeclaration); 13279 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13280 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13281 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13282 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13283 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13284 } 13285 13286 if (PrevDecl) { 13287 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13288 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13289 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13290 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13291 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13292 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13293 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13294 else 13295 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13296 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13297 return nullptr; 13298 } 13299 } 13300 13301 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13302 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13303 // different from T: 13304 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13305 // enumerated type 13306 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13307 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13308 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13309 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13310 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13311 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13312 13313 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13314 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13315 13316 if (New) { 13317 // Process attributes. 13318 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13319 13320 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13321 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13322 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13323 } 13324 13325 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13326 13327 return New; 13328 } 13329 13330 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13331 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13332 // Element2 = Element1 13333 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13334 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13335 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13336 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13337 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13338 if (!InitExpr) 13339 return true; 13340 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13341 13342 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13343 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13344 return true; 13345 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13346 if (!IL) 13347 return true; 13348 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13349 return true; 13350 13351 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13352 } 13353 13354 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13355 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13356 if (!DRE) 13357 return true; 13358 13359 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13360 if (!EnumConstant) 13361 return true; 13362 13363 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13364 Enum) 13365 return true; 13366 13367 return false; 13368 } 13369 13370 struct DupKey { 13371 int64_t val; 13372 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13373 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13374 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13375 }; 13376 13377 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13378 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13379 false); 13380 } 13381 13382 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13383 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13384 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13385 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13386 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13387 } 13388 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13389 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13390 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13391 } 13392 }; 13393 13394 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13395 // a previous element has already been set to. 13396 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13397 EnumDecl *Enum, 13398 QualType EnumType) { 13399 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13400 return; 13401 // Avoid anonymous enums 13402 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13403 return; 13404 13405 // Only check for small enums. 13406 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13407 return; 13408 13409 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13410 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13411 13412 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13413 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13414 ValueToVectorMap; 13415 13416 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13417 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13418 13419 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13420 // an initialier. 13421 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13422 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13423 13424 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13425 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13426 if (!ECD) { 13427 return; 13428 } 13429 13430 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13431 continue; 13432 13433 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13434 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13435 13436 // First time encountering this value. 13437 if (Entry.isNull()) 13438 Entry = ECD; 13439 } 13440 13441 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13442 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13443 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13444 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13445 continue; 13446 13447 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13448 13449 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13450 if (Entry.isNull()) 13451 continue; 13452 13453 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13454 // Ensure constants are different. 13455 if (D == ECD) 13456 continue; 13457 13458 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13459 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13460 Vec->push_back(D); 13461 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13462 13463 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13464 Entry = Vec; 13465 13466 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13467 // diagnostics. 13468 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13469 continue; 13470 } 13471 13472 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13473 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13474 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13475 continue; 13476 13477 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13478 } 13479 13480 // Emit diagnostics. 13481 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13482 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13483 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13484 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13485 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13486 13487 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13488 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13489 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13490 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13491 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13492 ++I; 13493 13494 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13495 // the same value. 13496 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13497 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13498 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13499 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13500 delete Vec; 13501 } 13502 } 13503 13504 bool 13505 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13506 bool AllowMask) const { 13507 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13508 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13509 13510 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13511 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13512 13513 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13514 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13515 13516 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13517 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13518 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13519 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13520 // 13521 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13522 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13523 // likely a logic error. 13524 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13525 return true; 13526 13527 if (AllowMask) { 13528 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13529 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13530 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13531 // benefit of the doubt. 13532 // 13533 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13534 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13535 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13536 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13537 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13538 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13539 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13540 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13541 return true; 13542 } 13543 13544 return false; 13545 } 13546 13547 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13548 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13549 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13550 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13551 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13552 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13553 13554 if (Attr) 13555 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13556 13557 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13558 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13559 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13560 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13561 if (!ECD) continue; 13562 13563 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13564 } 13565 13566 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13567 return; 13568 } 13569 13570 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13571 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13572 // emit a warning. 13573 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13574 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13575 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13576 13577 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13578 // reverse the list. 13579 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13580 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13581 13582 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13583 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13584 13585 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13586 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13587 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13588 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13589 13590 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13591 13592 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13593 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13594 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13595 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13596 else 13597 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13598 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13599 13600 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13601 if (AllElementsInt) 13602 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13603 } 13604 13605 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13606 QualType BestType; 13607 unsigned BestWidth; 13608 13609 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13610 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13611 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13612 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13613 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13614 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13615 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13616 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13617 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13618 QualType BestPromotionType; 13619 13620 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13621 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13622 // enum definitions. 13623 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13624 Packed = true; 13625 13626 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13627 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13628 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13629 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13630 else 13631 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13632 13633 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13634 } 13635 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13636 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13637 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13638 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13639 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13640 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13641 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13642 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13643 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13644 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13645 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13646 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13647 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13648 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13649 } else { 13650 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13651 13652 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13653 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13654 } else { 13655 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13656 13657 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13658 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13659 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13660 } 13661 } 13662 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13663 } else { 13664 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13665 // all of the enumerator values. 13666 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13667 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13668 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13669 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13670 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13671 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13672 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13673 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13674 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13675 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13676 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13677 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13678 BestPromotionType 13679 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13680 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13681 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13682 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13683 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13684 BestPromotionType 13685 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13686 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13687 } else { 13688 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13689 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13690 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13691 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13692 BestPromotionType 13693 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13694 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13695 } 13696 } 13697 13698 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13699 if (FEAttr) 13700 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13701 13702 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13703 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13704 // FlagBits cache. 13705 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13706 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13707 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13708 13709 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13710 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13711 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13712 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13713 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13714 13715 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13716 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13717 13718 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13719 // the enum decl type. 13720 QualType NewTy; 13721 unsigned NewWidth; 13722 bool NewSign; 13723 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13724 !Enum->isFixed() && 13725 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13726 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13727 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13728 NewSign = true; 13729 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13730 // Already the right type! 13731 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13732 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13733 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13734 // enumeration. 13735 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13736 goto flagbits; 13737 } else { 13738 NewTy = BestType; 13739 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13740 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13741 } 13742 13743 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13744 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13745 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13746 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13747 13748 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13749 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13750 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13751 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13752 CK_IntegralCast, 13753 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13754 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13755 VK_RValue)); 13756 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13757 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13758 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13759 // enumeration. 13760 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13761 else 13762 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13763 13764 flagbits: 13765 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13766 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13767 if (FEAttr) { 13768 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13769 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13770 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13771 } 13772 } 13773 } 13774 13775 if (FEAttr) { 13776 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13777 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13778 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13779 13780 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13781 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13782 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13783 << ECD << Enum; 13784 } 13785 } 13786 13787 13788 13789 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13790 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13791 13792 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13793 13794 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13795 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13796 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13797 } 13798 13799 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13800 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13801 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13802 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13803 13804 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13805 AsmString, StartLoc, 13806 EndLoc); 13807 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13808 return New; 13809 } 13810 13811 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13812 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13813 DeclContext *DC) { 13814 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13815 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13816 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13817 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13818 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13819 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13820 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13821 return; 13822 } 13823 break; 13824 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13825 break; 13826 } 13827 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13828 } 13829 13830 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13831 DC = DC->getParent(); 13832 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13833 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13834 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13835 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13836 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13837 << DC; 13838 } 13839 } 13840 13841 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13842 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13843 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13844 Module *Mod = 13845 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13846 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13847 if (!Mod) 13848 return true; 13849 13850 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13851 13852 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13853 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13854 // silently ignoring the import. 13855 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13856 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13857 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13858 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13859 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13860 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13861 13862 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13863 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13864 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13865 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13866 // We need the length to be consistent. 13867 if (!ModCheck) 13868 break; 13869 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13870 13871 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13872 } 13873 13874 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13875 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13876 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13877 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13878 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13879 return Import; 13880 } 13881 13882 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13883 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13884 13885 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13886 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13887 /*Complain=*/true); 13888 } 13889 13890 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13891 Module *Mod) { 13892 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13893 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13894 return; 13895 13896 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13897 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13898 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13899 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13900 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13901 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13902 13903 // Make the module visible. 13904 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13905 /*Complain=*/false); 13906 } 13907 13908 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13909 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13910 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13911 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13912 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13913 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13914 LookupOrdinaryName); 13915 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13916 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13917 13918 if (PrevDecl) 13919 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13920 else 13921 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13922 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13923 } 13924 13925 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13926 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13927 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13928 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13929 13930 if (PrevDecl) { 13931 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13932 } else { 13933 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13934 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13935 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13936 } 13937 } 13938 13939 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13940 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13941 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13942 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13943 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13944 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13945 LookupOrdinaryName); 13946 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13947 13948 if (PrevDecl) { 13949 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13950 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13951 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13952 } else { 13953 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13954 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13955 } 13956 } 13957 13958 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13959 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13960 } 13961 13962 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13963 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13964 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13965 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13966 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13967 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13968 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13969 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13970 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13971 if (R != AR_Available) 13972 return R; 13973 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13974 } 13975 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13976 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13977 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13978 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13979 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13980 } 13981 // Recover from user error. 13982 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13983 } 13984